Loading...

Rulebook

2024 UNLTD Off-Road Racing Rulebook

The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Rulebook is the exclusive property of Unlimited Off-Road Racing. The publication, distribution, and/or use of these rules by another organization or individual is strictly forbidden unless prior written consent is given by Unlimited Off-Road Racing owners.

This Rulebook contains rules, regulations, policies, specifications, and technical requirements overseeing the operations of, and participation in, the Unlimited Off-Road Racing off-road races. It is being published to provide for the professional conduct of Unlimited Off-Road Racing racing events and to establish the minimum acceptable safety requirements for such events. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing owners reserve the right to alter, suspend or update this Rulebook, and/or issue additional regulations, at any time with or without notice, and at their sole discretion.

Ignorantia juris non excusat. The rules, regulations, policies, specifications, and technical requirements governing the conduct of, and participation in, Unlimited Off-Road Racing shall be deemed in effect at all times, regardless of whether or not any Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Participant has knowledge of them.

General Regulations:

This Rulebook contains both a general set of Unlimited Off-Road Racing race competition rules, as well as vehicle specific rules that govern each class. It is mandatory that every Unlimited Off-Road Racing race participant (owners, builders, drivers, co-drivers, pit crews, etc…) know these rules and adhere to them strictly or face penalties, possible disqualification and/or removal from the races if at any time, especially if their actions are deemed unsafe.

Last Updated Feb. 18, 2024

INTRODUCTION

The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Rulebook is the exclusive property of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Corp. The publication, distribution, and/or use of these rules by another organization or individual is strictly forbidden unless prior written consent is given by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Corp. owners.

This Rulebook contains rules, regulations, policies, specifications, and technical requirements overseeing the operations of, and participation in, the Unlimited Off-Road Racing off-road races. It is being published to provide for the professional conduct of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing racing events and to establish the minimum acceptable safety requirements for such events. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing owners reserve the right to alter, suspend or update this Rulebook, and/or issue additional regulations, at any time with or without notice, and at their sole discretion.

This Rulebook contains both a general set of Unlimited Off-Road Racing race competition rules, as well as vehicle specific rules that govern each class. It is mandatory that every Unlimited Off-Road Racing race participant (owners, builders, drivers, co-drivers, pit crews, etc…) know these rules and adhere to them strictly or face penalties, possible disqualification and/or removal from the races if at any time, especially if their actions are deemed unsafe.

Ignorantia juris non excusat. The rules, regulations, policies, specifications, and technical requirements governing the conduct of, and participation in, the Unlimited Off-Road Racing shall be deemed in effect at all times, regardless of whether or not any Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Participant has knowledge of them.

LIABILITY

All Unlimited Off-Road Racing Participants hereby acknowledge that operating an off-road vehicle for any purpose, and especially for the purpose of high-speed competition, is inherently dangerous and presents a significant risk of personal property damage, personal injury and/or death - at all times.

All Unlimited Off-Road Racing Participants assume any and all risks associated with using any/all information presented in this Rulebook, including the use of head, neck and body restraint or other safety systems, or participating in any way in The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race event, whether those risks are known or unknown, inherent or otherwise.

The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Corp, its members, officers, directors, or staff, assume no responsibility, legal, or otherwise, for failure or defect of any products of manufacturers listed in this Rulebook

The technical specifications and safety standards presented in this Rulebook are intended for use as a guide with respect to safety and for no other reason, either expressed or implied.

The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Corp. assumes no responsibility for decisions made by individuals using this rulebook. The use of these Rules by any association, or organization, manufacturer or individual is voluntary. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Corp. does not accept responsibility for consequences resulting from their application.

Force Majeure. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing assumes no responsibility whatsoever for delays, postponements or cancellations of all or part of an event for any reason, including inclement weather, acts of God, or unsafe course conditions.

The Unlimited Off-Road Racing event participants, officials, and volunteers are not employees of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Corp. and are solely responsible for any taxes, premiums or other charges resulting from prizes awards or giveaways earned by Participants, officials, volunteers, or staff.

OVERVIEW

The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Rulebook is intended as a guide for the conduct of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race only and is in no way a guarantee against injury or death to Participants, spectators, or employees. No express or implied warranty of safety shall result from publication of or compliance with these rules and/or regulations.

The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race and events are private. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Corp. reserves the right to refuse entry to any applicant, team, competitor, entrant, participant, or any other person, to any event for any reason.

The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Corp. and its staff, agents and volunteers are not professional safety equipment makers, professional designers, fabricators, or equipment installers and this Rulebook is published without warranty expressed or implied. Compliance with this Rulebook does not imply or guarantee any Participant against property loss or damage or injury, or death.

Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Participants shall at all times exercise sound judgment and the highest level of sportsmanship, and are responsible for their own safety and bodily well-being at all times, regardless of any of the Rules or Regulations contained herein. Nothing in this Rulebook shall be construed as The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Corp accepting liability for bodily injury or property damage by one Race Participant to another, or spectator or employee.

Specifications and standards for equipment established in this Rulebook, particularly safety standards, are the minimum requirements. Nothing in this Rulebook should be interpreted to prevent teams or participants from utilizing greater safety mechanisms or establishing stricter safety standards than the minimums required, so long as they do not conflict with other rules published in this rulebook.

This Rulebook and the information contained herein is NOT intended to be professional, advice on how to design, build, fabricate, install or use any vehicle, component, part, device, system, or piece of equipment, including safety systems.

Nothing in this Rulebook shall be construed to override local, state and federal law. Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Participants shall at all times obey local, state and federal laws and comply with any request by Las Vegas Metro Police, Las Vegas Sheriffs, Bureau of Land Management staff including any BLM Law Enforcement Officers, Unlimited Off-Road Racing Owners, the Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Director, The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Safety Director, The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Medical Director, and any Unlimited Off-Road Racing Ranger.

All Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Participants, spectators, and employees, including the reader of this Rulebook, hereby agree to waive, and release, and relinquish, and protect, and hold harmless / indemnify and defend the promoters, race operators, and The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Corp., including their successors, and heirs, and officers, and officials, and staff/employees, and agents, and contractors, as well as their respective insurance companies, and successors in interest, sponsors, agents, employees, representatives, assignees, officers, directors, and shareholders of and from any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, costs, or damages or expense for any other loss or damage arising, or alleged to have arisen, from any use of any information contained in this Rulebook or by reason of any inaccurate or incomplete information, omission of information, or any negligent act in or related to this Rulebook.

DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL INFORMATION

TERMINOLOGY DEFINITIONS

The terminology, definitions and abbreviations contained herein shall be used in The Unlimited Off-Road Racing rulebook, supplementary rules, entry forms, and newsletters and for general use.

RULE USAGE

The Unlimited Off-Road Racing PROMOTION

Any and all racing related events fully produced by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

The Unlimited Off-Road Racing CO-PROMOTION

Another promoter working with The Unlimited Off-Road Racing to promote an event.

The Unlimited Off-Road Racing SANCTION

The documentary authority to organize and conduct an event as granted by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

ORGANIZATION TERMINOLOGY

Unlimited Off-Road Racing

The promoter/sanctioning body.

EVENT

A contest between one or more vehicles competing against the clock.

CLASS

A class is a category of vehicles as determined by seating capacity, engine size, suspension type, or any other method listed in this The Unlimited Off-Road Racing rulebook. Classes may be combined at the discretion of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

Pro class entrants will be eligible to receive points, trophies, contingencies, and monetary awards in respect to their finishing position.

Sportsman class entrants will be eligible to receive trophies and contingencies only in respect to their finishing position. They may receive monetary awards at the discretion of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

ENTRANT

An Unlimited Off-Road Racing member whose entry is accepted for an event.

DRIVER OF RECORD

The person listed on an official The Unlimited Off-Road Racing entry form to be the main operator of a vehicle entered in an event. The driver of record must sign all entry and release forms in person during the normal registration time in order to be eligible for points, prize money, and contingency awards in that event. Identification may be required during registration. Special consideration registration may be permitted with advanced approval of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing. Driver of Record is responsible for all actions of his/her team, pit crew and/or anyone associated with the Driver of Record / race vehicle number. Minimum age for drivers in any Car/Truck class is 14 years old and minimum age for riders in any Motorcycle class is 16 years old. Must be 14 or 16 by the date of the event. Co-driver age is not restricted.

CO-DRIVER

A person listed on an official The Unlimited Off-Road Racing entry form as a cooperator of a vehicle that is eligible to drive or ride during the course of the race. The co-driver must sign all entry and release forms in person during the normal registration time at the same time as the driver of record is signing all entry and release forms. Identification may be required during registration. Special consideration registration may be permitted with advanced approval of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

CONTESTANT

A person listed on an official The Unlimited Off-Road Racing entry form to compete in a race as either a driver or co-driver.

OFFICIALS

RACE DIRECTOR

Responsible for all race events of the organization. The head judicator and referee of the races. All other officials report directly to the Director. The Director has the final decision on all issues involving any of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing race events. The Director has full discretion to make any final determinations, judgments or penalties in relationship to all The Unlimited Off-Road Racing rules and/or regulations.

OPERATIONS MANAGER

The second in command. Responsible for helping plan, organize and supervise the on-course conduct of all race events, and carrying out other responsibilities as assigned by the Director. In the absence of a Director, the Operations Manager will assume all the Responsibilities of the Director.

TECHNICAL DIRECTOR

The race official appointed by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing to direct the inspections of entrant's vehicles before and after each event, for technical and safety compliance with The Unlimited Off-Road Racing's rulebook. Decisions adjudicated by the Technical Director will be final.

ASSISTANT TECHNICAL DIRECTOR

The race official appointed by the Technical Director and The Unlimited Off-Road Racing to assist the Technical Director. The Assistant Technical Director shall perform all duties of the Technical Director in the event the Technical Director is not available. The Technical Director shall carry out all other duties as assigned by the Director and / or Technical Director.

SCORING DIRECTOR

The race official appointed by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing to direct the timing and scoring operations of a race event.

COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTOR

The race official appointed by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing to direct the radio, cellular, and internet based communications networks used for the events and races.

RACE OFFICIAL

All individuals designated by the Director or Operations Manager to officiate at The Unlimited Off-Road Racing races.

COURSE MARSHALS

The race officials appointed by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing to assist the Operations Manager in the on-course conduct of a race event.

CHECKPOINT CAPTAIN

A race official appointed by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing to direct the operations of their checkpoint and the immediate area around the checkpoint.

PAVED ROAD CROSSING CAPTAIN

A race official appointed by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing to direct the operations of their paved road crossing and the immediate area around the paved road crossing

PIT STOP CAPTAIN

A race official appointed by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing to direct the operations of their pit stop and the immediate area around the pit stop.

STARTER

The person responsible for starting any of the Unlimited Off-Road Racing races, by displaying the appropriate flags and/or lights, as directed by the Operations Manager.

EVENT TERMINOLOGY

SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS

Regulations that define special or additional rules for a specific event, and/or technical or class rule changes.

IMPOUND

A specific place with restricted access designated for the containment of all race vehicles immediately before and/or after an event.

CONTINGENCY

A contingency is the commitment made to The Unlimited Off-Road Racing by verbal or written contract with a manufacturer, company or individual to post or pledge a certain amount of cash or product as an award to contestants. Contestants must apply for, be approved by and meet requested requirements as set by the manufacturer, company or individual posting the contingency. Decals are generally required and must be assumed to be required unless otherwise stated. Unless otherwise stated the contestant must finish the event in order to be eligible.

PAYBACK

The share of the purse that an entrant receives for finishing a race in a paying position. Only actual finishers qualify for a share of the monetary purse. For 2020 and beyond the Unlimited Off-Road Racing has elected not to use a Payback system, but rather to offer purses to classes with 5 or more entrants. In general these purses will be made public prior to race day.

RULES ABBREVIATIONS

UGR: GENERAL RULES

UGE: ENTRANTS

UGD: DISQUALIFICATION

UEC: EVENT COURSE

UGP: PROTESTS

UIP: INFRACTION PENALTIES

UDC: DRIVER / RIDER, CO-DRIVER / CO-RIDER

UGPT: PITS

UGT: TECH-INSPECTION and IMPOUND

UCR: COMPETITION REGULATIONS

GENERAL RULES

UGR1: Off-road racing is a dangerous motorsport by nature. As such, no entrant, pit crew member or vehicle sponsor shall have any claim for damages, expenses, lawsuits or otherwise against the owners, sanctioning bodies, promoters, track builders, race operators, The Unlimited Off-Road Racing officers, agents or directors arising from damage to any vehicle, personal injury or death, or monetary loss of any kind whatsoever. All entrants, pit crew members or vehicle sponsors who voluntarily participate in any racing activities conducted under these rules, waive any claim they may have against the owners, sanctioning bodies, promoters, track builders, race operators, The Unlimited Off-Road Racing officers, agents, vendors, employees, volunteers or directors.

UGR2: The promoters or Race Director may run any type of racing for The Unlimited Off-Road Racing event and races.

UGR3: The Race Director or Operations Manager shall have the authority to penalize, disqualify and/or suspend any entrant or crewmember for the violation of these rules, including special rulings and supplementary regulations.

UGR4: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing may issue special rulings to account for conditions presented by the location of the race, the condition of the course or any other circumstance such as inclimate weather.

UGR5: Special rulings and specifications will be considered as official amendments to the list of rules and regulations when issued by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing in written form in official The Unlimited Off-Road Racing publications.

UGR6: Supplementary regulations may be issued for each race event as necessary to amend, suspend or modify existing rules and regulations. Supplementary regulations will be considered official when published to the Unlimited Off-Road Racing website.

UGR7: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing assumes no responsibility whatsoever for delays, postponements and/or cancellations of all or part of an event because of inclement weather, unsafe course conditions and/or any other reason.

UGR8: The Race Director and Operations Manager will have the responsibility for the conduct of any race event conducted under these rules. All official race personnel will be directly responsible to the Race Director or Operations Manager.

UGR9: The Race Director or Operations Manager shall have the authority to penalize any entrant (up to and including disqualification and/or suspension) found to have committed violations of driver’s rules and/or conduct.

UGR10: No one falling under the jurisdiction of any race officials at any Unlimited Off-Road Racing event shall subject said officials to foul language, physical abuse, threats, intimidation, or any other demeaning action.

UGR11: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing race entrants, participants, and volunteers, are not employees of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing. Unlimited Off-Road Racing entrants assume all responsibility for taxes payable on any monies they may receive as a result of their participation in The Unlimited Off-Road Racing races.

UGR12: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing reserves the right to refuse and/or deny any entry application for any reason without discussion.

UGR13: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing uses the frequency of 151.625Mhz as a main race channel for drivers and teams to communicate to us. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing reserves the right to change the main race channel frequency if deemed necessary. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing will make all reasonable efforts to notify all entrants of the new frequency. All radio or other transmissions, which affect The Unlimited Off-Road Racing control communications, are strictly prohibited except in the case of medical emergencies.

UGR14: The checkpoint captains are the direct representatives of the Operations Manager at their respective checkpoints. Their area of responsibility includes 50 yards on either side of the checkpoint.

UGR15: Checkpoint captains will designate areas leading to and surrounding the checkpoint area. This area is for checkpoint personnel only. No support teams, pit crews, chase crews or any other person without expressed permission will be permitted in this area. Failure to comply will subject the entry to penalties of up to and including disqualification.

UGR16: Classes may be combined at the discretion of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

UGR17: The Race Director, Operations Manager and or Chief Technical Inspector shall have the authority to penalize, disqualify and/or suspend any entrant for violations of vehicle technical rules.

UGR18: The Race Director has the final decision on all issues involving any Unlimited Off-Road Racing race events. The Race Director has full discretion to make any final determinations, judgments, suspensions or penalties in relation to all Unlimited Off-Road Racing rules and/or regulations.

ENTRANTS

UGE1: Any entrant who fails to properly fill out and sign required entry forms and releases shall be disqualified and shall forfeit any prize money, points and contingencies won in that particular event. Entry forms and releases must be signed in person in front of Unlimited Off-Road Racing registration personnel. Identification may be required.

UGE2: The entry applications of persons under the age of 18 must have a parent or legal guardian sign the release form.

UGE3: No entrant may enter racing areas until they have signed all releases and/or entry forms. No person shall sign the release or entry forms for anyone other than himself or herself. Proper identification may be required (i.e., government issued ID).

UGE4: Any entrant who competes in a vehicle that he/she is registered to drive or co-drive must sign all of the official registration documents. If all documents are not signed with it may result in a vehicle disqualification.

UGE5: Deliberate abusive, nerfing or bumping shall be reason for penalty, disqualification and/or suspension at the discretion of the Race Director or Operations Manager.

UGE6: All drivers and co-drivers of record as listed on the official Unlimited Off-Road Racing entry form must attend all drivers/riders meetings, or provide a suitable member of their race team. Failure to do so may result in penalties of up to and including disqualification and/or fines. Wristband checks and written roll calls may be made at the meeting.

UGE7: If a driver of record change is made after the entrant has completed event registration, the starting position will be forfeited and the entrant will start at the rear of their class.

UGE8: A driver will not permit any other person other than a registered co-driver in the co-drivers normal riding position. The driver shall not permit anyone to ride on or in any part of his or her vehicle other than the normal riding positions.

UGE9: No entrant, crew member, pit personnel or any other person(s) other than the Race Director, Operations Manager or a Unlimited Off-Road Racing official shall remove, alter or relocate course markings. The person(s) found to have removed, altered or relocated course markings may be disqualified and/or immediately removed from the area and may be refused access to future Unlimited Off-Road Racing races and events.

UGE10: There is no pre-running at The Unlimited Off-Road Racing. Period. Anyone caught on the Unlimited Off-Road Racing racecourse pre-running after the maps/course have been published may be subject to time penalties, disqualification and/or monetary fines imposed by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing or the BLM.

UGE11: Failure to appear before the Race Director when requested may result time penalties, or disqualification.

UGE12: All Cars/Trucks competing at the Unlimited Off-Road Racing must display (2) of the supplied Unlimited Off-Road Racing stickers, (one on each side of the registered race vehicle), during the entire race. All motorcycles competing at the Unlimited Off-Road Racing must display (1) one of the supplied Unlimited Off-Road Racing stickers on their bike for the entire race. No other race league or race event stickers may be displayed on the race vehicles during tech, qualifying, or the race, i.e., stickers, emblems, etc. Unlimited Off-Road Racing stickers are required on all race vehicles for contingency and race payouts.

DISQUALIFICATION

UGD1: Drinking intoxicating beverages in the official pre-race technical inspection area and post race areas (i.e., impound area, etc.), pits, on the racecourse or in the surrounding areas by any person is strictly forbidden. The use of narcotics (amphetamines or any other stimulants, barbiturates or other depressants) is forbidden. Any entrant or crew member that shows any evidence whatsoever of being under the influence of alcohol or drugs shall be subject to suspensions from all future Unlimited Off-Road Racing races and events. Violators will be removed from the premises immediately at the direction of the Operations Manager or the Race Director.

UGD2: Any entrant who makes a false statement on an entry form shall be disqualified and shall forfeit all prize money, points and all contingencies won in the race. Entrant may also be suspended from future race events for a period of one year.

UGD3: Any entry application containing a falsified signature will cause entrant to be disqualified and shall forfeit all prize money, points and contingencies won in that race event. Entrant may also be suspended from future events for a period of one year.

UGD4: Any entrant disqualified from any race event for any reason whatsoever forfeits any and all rights to prize money, points and contingencies. Entrant will not be entitled to a refund of all or any portion of his/her entry fee.

UGD5: There is no outside assistance permitted on the Unlimited Off-Road Racing course or near the course during the event except for those Unlimited Off-Road Racing designated areas set-aside for pits and/or gas stops. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing retains the right to assess each situation and respond accordingly. (Situations involving safety are at the discretion of the Operations Manager or Race Director of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing .)

In the event that a vehicle breaks down on the course The Unlimited Off-Road Racing approves the following options. (Any deviation from these options may result in the entrant being disqualified.)

1) Driver or Co-driver who is with the vehicle at the time of breakdown may walk to and from the nearest official Unlimited Off-Road Racing pit, in order to retrieve equipment or parts necessary to repair the vehicle. Anyone other than the vehicle occupants that deliver equipment or parts will subject that vehicle to disqualification. Obtaining equipment or parts from any other location than an official Unlimited Off-Road Racing designated pit stop will subject entrant to disqualification.

2) Another race-entered vehicle may pick up equipment or parts at the previous designated pit stop and then deliver that equipment or parts to the broken down vehicle. The race vehicle picking up the equipment or parts must travel in the proper direction on the course. Traveling backwards on the course will subject both entrants to disqualification. Any pit support vehicle or other than race entered vehicle delivering parts to a broken down vehicle will subject entrant to disqualification.

3) Any Unlimited Off-Road Racing Official may assist any race entrant as long as it is done in a safe and controlled manner with permission from the Race Director, Operations Manager or Communications Director.

UGD6: Any race entrant or their support personnel who subject any Unlimited Off-Road Racing official, other race entrants or their support personnel to verbal threats and/or physical abuse will be brought before the Race Director. The Race Director will make the decision of disqualification and/or suspension of the driver/rider of record and the offending support personnel for said offenses. Acts of physical abuse may be reported to the proper authorities and may lead to legal action.

EVENT COURSE

UEC1: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Race Director and Operations Manager will set the racecourse, its overall length, and determine the # of laps raced, allowable race time, pit closing times, and other important timings for each class at all race events.

UEC2: An entrant’s official time shall be the total elapsed time from their assigned starting time to the time they cross the official finish line. The elapsed time must be less then the official time length of the race. If an entrant does not report to the staging area in time to stage in their respective starting position, the entrant will be placed in the rear of their class. If the last of their class has already started, the entrant will be started in the next available position at the discretion of the Race Director. In all cases if the entrant does not start at their assigned time, their time will start from their assigned starting time, not their actual starting time.

UEC3: The winner of each class shall be the entrant that finished the race with the lowest elapsed time or the most laps within the event time limit. The entrant must also meet all other criteria in order to be declared the official winner. Penalties assessed by Pit Captains or course workers may affect the final standings of racers.

UEC4: All entrants must report all accidents and/or breakdowns they may have witnessed. Entrant must inform a Unlimited Off-Road Racing official at the next checkpoint, paved road crossing, pit stop or by radio, of the location, vehicle number, and injuries, if any.

UEC5: Two battery-operated red flashing beacons, two long glow sticks or two red reflective devices must be carried in the vehicle. Reflective devices must be at least 12 inches high and 12 inches long and be free standing (similar to trucker’s breakdown triangles). Beacons, glow sticks or reflective devices must be placed at least 200 feet and 20 feet behind any breakdown or accident and be placed beside the track on the same side of track as the vehicle.

UEC6: Passing is not permitted within 300 feet on either side of any paved road crossing or inside designated Pit Stop, except at the direction of a Unlimited Off-Road Racing official. Failure to comply, may result in a disqualification or a time penalty of 5 minutes for each occurrence at the discretion of the Race Director.

UEC7: Any entrant who must discontinue the race must report themselves or via their team on radio frequency 151.625, or to a checkpoint, paved road crossing, pit stop or start/finish Official that they are out of the race.

UEC8: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing staff will monitor all team aircraft communications. Aircraft are permitted for the purpose of race support, however radio communications are to be used for safety purposes ONLY. Communication with race vehicles, pit support vehicles or pits; ie…”spotting” for race vehicles is not permitted unless and except for notification of dangers posed by other racers or race conditions. Transportation of drivers/riders and or support crews (unless a medical emergency exists); transportation of equipment and/or parts; landing on or near the racecourse, or in any areas other than the Jean Airport; and/or flying too low, especially over spectators or pits; and/or interfering with the normal conduct or actions of the event are STRICTLY FORBIDDEN and WILL result in disqualification. Any team utilizing an aircraft or hiring an aircraft for media documentation or observation must adhere to the published Unlimited Off-Road Racing Rules and Regulations.

Requests for aircraft special use (i.e.: filming, observing, etc.) must be submitted to The Unlimited Off-Road Racing prior to the races via digital signup on the official Unlimited Off-Road Racing website. Requests must include the radio frequencies (helicopter or airplane frequency and race team frequency) to be used and must be submitted no later than one week prior to scheduled race event. Any request received during the week prior to the event may not be considered. All registered pilots or a suitable substitute must be present at the helicopter / aircraft safety meeting.

UEC9: Starting procedures will be announced at the drivers/riders meeting.

UEC10: Every vehicle must leave the start line at its designated start time. Only those vehicles that cross the finish line within the designated time limit will be declared official finishers. Every vehicle must come to a complete stop and pass through all checkpoints and pit stops. Failure to stop and pass through all checkpoints along the course will subject that entry to penalties of up to and including disqualification at the discretion of the director or operations manager. Every vehicle must come to a complete stop at all designated paved road crossings. Failure to stop at all designated paved road crossings along the course will subject that entry to penalties of up to and including disqualification at the discretion of the Race Director or Operations Manager.

UEC11: All vehicles must enter each stop checkpoint or paved road crossing at a safe speed. Unsafe racing into and/or through any stop checkpoint or paved road crossing is prohibited. Speeding through a stop checkpoint or paved road crossing is grounds for an automatic disqualification. Rolling through a stop checkpoint, pit stop or paved road crossing is a minimum five-minute time penalty for each occurrence. Safe speed is defined as a speed at which a vehicle may make a controlled stop without endangering anyone within the immediate vicinity of the checkpoint, paved road crossing or pit areas.

UEC12: All entrants may be checked for their wristband at the Start Line or Finish Line and all vehicles may be checked for the technical inspection sticker at any or all checkpoints or pit stops. Every entrant is responsible for his/her wristband and vehicle technical inspection sticker. Any entrant found not to have a wristband or vehicle without a technical inspection sticker may cause that vehicle to be disqualified.

UEC13: No vehicle shall be towed, pushed, pulled or transported by any non-race-entered vehicle on the official course, except by the Unlimited Off-Road Racing official retrieval crew. Another race entered vehicle or an official Unlimited Off-Road Racing vehicle may push, pull or tow the race-entered vehicle up to the nearest pit stop or checkpoint but may not push, pull or tow it through the pit stop. Occupants of the vehicle that is pushed pulled or towed to that point must make necessary repairs in order to leave that area under their own power. No vehicle may be pushed, pulled or towed by another vehicle within the last two-hundred yards (200 yards) of the finish; only the vehicle occupants at the time of the breakdown may push the vehicle through the finish line. No other person or persons will be permitted to assist in pushing, pulling or towing the vehicle. Unlimited Off-Road Racing officials may lend assistance to any race vehicle or the vehicle occupants in any manner they deem reasonable, such as retrieving the vehicle, pulling the vehicle, shuttling parts, tools/equipment, etc.

UEC14: No entrant registered as the Driver of Record may run in more than one class with the one vehicle even though entries are paid in more than one class. No individual may be registered as the Driver of Record for more than one vehicle in the same class.

UEC15: A marked course is that official route designated by and marked with official Unlimited Off-Road Racing markings. All vehicles must follow this route during the event. No vehicle may deviate from the marked course at any time unless the course is wide enough to pass. Passing is only permitted where there is no vegetation on the side of the course. Short coursing is not permitted and could result in a time penalty or disqualification. Short coursing is defined as any deviation from the marked course for any reason other than passing. No deviation from marked course including passing is permitted in sensitive areas. Deviation from the marked course in these areas could result in disqualification. Sensitive areas are those, which are, marked by Unlimited Off-Road Racing markings and DQ signs. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing is not responsible for markings that are damaged or removed. All vehicles must drive only in the correct direction of the course route or trail. Driving backwards on the racecourse at any time is prohibited. Driving backwards on the course is grounds for penalties of up to and including disqualification and/or suspension.

UEC16: A podium finish is 1st, 2nd and 3rd place.

PROTESTS

UGP1: The Race Director, Technical Director, or Operations Manager, with or without protest, has the right to penalize, fine, disqualify, and/or suspend any vehicle or entrant for violation of any of the Unlimited Off-Road Racing rules. Another entrant within the same class may make technical protests as the entrant being protested. A five hundred dollar ($500) cash fee must accompany protests for each item protested. The protest must be in writing along with the fee and be delivered to the Technical Director no later than 30 minutes after the official end of time limit. If the protest is proved valid the $500 fee will be returned to the protestor. If the protest is proved invalid the $500 goes to the person who was protested. Protests considered by the Technical Director that shows a lack of sportsmanship may not be accepted. The Technical Director will check the protested items. The decision of the Technical Director will be final. Interpretation of all rules along with violations and penalties thereof are at the discretion of the Unlimited Off-Road Racing. Penalties levied at the discretion of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing are final.

UGP2: Any entrant who has an official protest lodged against his/her race vehicle must submit to an inspection of the protested items. Failure to submit to inspection will result in automatic disqualification and/or suspension. Those attending the inspection(s) will be as follows:

A. The protester or their designated representative.

B. The protested competitor or their designated representative.

C. The protested competitor’s mechanic.

D. Unlimited Off-Road Racing officials.

E. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Technical Director who shall supervise the required inspection of the protested items(s).

F. No other persons shall be present nor witness the proceedings until the inspection has been completed.

UGP3: A complaint filed for improper driving or conduct does not require a cash fee. The complaint must be filed in writing with the operations manager or director no later than 30 minutes after the official time limit of the event. A complaint may be verbally filed by radio to any Unlimited Off-Road Racing official if the entrant filing the complaint is broken down on the track. The official will notify the Operations Manager or Race Director of the complaint. The entrant against whom the complaint is filed will be held in impound until complainant arrives at the impound area. The complainant must make every effort to arrive at the impound area within one hour after the official end of the event.

INFRACTIONS & PENALTIES

UIP1: The following legend of infraction penalties is a guideline used by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing in accessing penalties. These guidelines are not meant to infer that these are the only possible infractions or penalties that may be assessed against any entrant.

A. Failure to appear before the Operations Manager and/or Race Director when requested: Letter of reprimand and infraction penalty.

B. Rolling through a stop checkpoint (i.e. failure to come to a complete stop): Five minute time penalty each occurrence.

C. Speeding through and/or unsafe racing up to or through a pit/stop checkpoint: Disqualification.

D. Race vehicle traveling on the racecourse in the reverse direction of the race, before the official end of the event: Disqualification.

E. Pits (stationary, roving or chase) located in any areas other than those areas officially recognized as pit areas as designated by the Unlimited Off-Road Racing: Disqualification.

E2. Pit support vehicles traveling on the racecourse before the official end of event: Disqualification.

F. Minor nerfing: One position.

G. Major nerfing: Disqualification.

H. Abusive conduct toward a race official: Disqualification, suspension, one hundred dollar ($100) fine or any combination of the three.

I. Short coursing: Disqualification.

J. Stationary pits or chase crews outside of designated areas or traveling in restricted areas: Disqualification.

K. Reckless driving in pit areas or any access roads by race vehicle or race support vehicles: Disqualification.

L. Speeding in a restricted speed area up to 10mph over announced or posted speed limit by race vehicle or race support vehicles: One position.

M. Speeding in a restricted speed area over 10mph over announced or posted speed limit by race vehicle or race support vehicles: Disqualification.

N. Any combination of two or more infractions at any one Unlimited Off-Road Racing race: Disqualification.

O. Rolling through a paved road crossing (i.e., failure to come to a complete stop): Five-minute time penalty each occurrence.

P. Speeding through and/or unsafe racing up to or through a paved road crossing: Five- minute Time Penalty or Disqualification.

Q. Driver of Record is responsible for all actions of his/her team, pit crew and/or anyone

associated with the Driver of Record / race vehicle number.

UIP2: The Race Director or Operations Manager has the final decision on all issues involving any Unlimited Off-Road Racing race. The Race Director has full discretion to make any final determinations, judgments, suspensions or penalties in relation to all Unlimited Off-Road Racing rules and/or regulations.

DRIVERS — CO-DRIVERS

UDC1: Each seat in any race vehicle must be occupied during the entire duration of the event as long as the vehicle remains in competition. The maximum number of seats allowed in any Class is three (3). Seating must be designed in such a fashion to allow all passengers a quick exit and must meet with Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

UDC2: The driver of record must sign all entry forms and releases during the registration period to be eligible for points during that event. Identification may be required. Special consideration registration may be permitted with advanced approval of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing .

UDC3: Only entrants that are listed on official Unlimited Off-Road Racing entry form may drive or co-drive in the vehicle for which they are registered. In the event of an emergency, any registered arm-banded racer may get in any race vehicle, but the registered racer must notify a Unlimited Off-Road Racing race official. Registration is limited to a maximum of four entrants per vehicle.

UDC4: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing reserves the right to change race vehicle numbers and/or background colors.

UDC5: Driver of Record must start or finish, must be registered to the race vehicle and must have signed all of the releases required by the Unlimited Off-Road Racing. Driver of Record can be replaced in the race vehicle with special exception approved by the Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

UDC6: The driver qualifying the race vehicle must start the race, must be registered to the race vehicle and must have signed all of the releases required by the Unlimited Off-Road Racing. The qualifying driver will be given an additional “Qualifying” wristband at onsite registration that must be worn during both qualifying and the start of your race.
Any team that fails to have their banded qualifying driver at the start line will forfeit their start position and be moved to the rear.

PITS

UGPT1: No vehicle will be permitted to enter pit areas or race area without a valid Unlimited Off-Road Racing pit pass, when required. Pit pass must be securely attached to front windshield and be clearly visible. The race-vehicle number must be clearly displayed on the side, front and rear windows (refer to UCR51).

UGPT2: All designated pits will be a MANDATORY STOP – NO PASSING ZONE - 25 MPH. At all times the driver of record assumes responsibility for the actions of their pit crew members, support crews, and all others associated with their team.

UGPT3: No person(s) under suspension by the Unlimited Off-Road Racing will be permitted to participate or be permitted to enter the pits or race area.

UGPT4: Any pit support vehicle running on or near the racecourse will result in the entrant being disqualified. Any pit support vehicle traveling in a restricted area will result in the entrant being disqualified. No pit vehicle may follow or lead a race vehicle on the racecourse. Any pit vehicle running backwards on the racecourse may cause the race vehicle to be disqualified. Any pit support vehicle stopping at a paved road crossing may cause a race vehicle to be disqualified. Any pit support vehicle stopping on a road that is near the racecourse and not in an official designated area may cause race vehicle to be disqualified. In the event that a vehicle breaks down on the course, the Unlimited Off-Road Racing approves the following options: (Any deviation from these options may result in the entrant being disqualified…)

1) Driver or Co-driver who is with a vehicle at the time of breakdown may walk to and from the nearest official Unlimited Off-Road Racing designated pit stop only, in order to retrieve equipment or parts necessary to repair the vehicle. Anyone other than the vehicle occupants that deliver equipment or parts will subject that vehicle to disqualification. Obtaining equipment or parts from any other location than an official Unlimited Off-Road Racing designated pit stop will subject entrant to disqualification.

2) Another race-entered vehicle may pick up equipment or parts at the previous official Unlimited Off-Road Racing designated pit stop and then deliver that equipment or parts to the broken down vehicle. The race vehicle picking up the equipment or parts must travel in the proper direction on the course. Traveling backwards on the course will subject both entrants to disqualification. Any pit support vehicle or any other non-race entered vehicle delivering parts to a broken down vehicle will subject entrant to disqualification.

UGPT5: Any entrant, crew member, or other pit pass holder who takes part in any demonstration in the pits, on the course, or surrounding area before, during or after an event shall be subject to expulsion from the area, suspension from future Unlimited Off-Road Racing events and possible legal action.

UGPT6: Maximum speed limit on all main pit access roads and in all pit areas will be 25mph for all vehicles. Maximum speed limit on all other access roads will be 25mph. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing reserves the right to change speed limits to account for conditions.

UGPT7: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Pit Stop Captain shall determine the pitting zone around each pit stop.

UGPT8: All pit supplies must be at least 50 feet from the edge of the racecourse to the racetrack side of the race vehicle. No pit may be in the first 50 feet leading into and the first 100 feet leading out of a turn. Pits located within the turn area or less than 50 feet from the track will subject entrant to penalties of up to and including disqualification and or a minimum of one-hour time penalty at the discretion of the Race Director. Mandatory at all pits: some form of approved fuel containment mat under the vehicle when fueling. A tub or bucket to catch overflow is mandatory as well.

UGPT9: All pits regardless if fueling a vehicle during a stop are required to have at a minimum 2-10lb dry chemical or foam equivalent fire extinguishers out and ready for use. If fuel duties are being performed in that pit, including dump can use, you must have at a minimum 1- 20lb dry chemical or foam equivalent manned by a dedicated person during the fueling of the vehicle. Any team using an approved pressurized fuel filling system is required to have at a minimum 2 - 20lb dry chemical or foam extinguishers with one being manned by a dedicated team member for the duration of the stop. NOTE: For pressurized fuel system see UGPT13.

UGPT10: Young children, pets, fireworks, drones, RC cars, alcohol of any kind, smoking, and/or campfires or any open flames are not allowed in Unlimited Off-Road Racing pits! No exceptions!

UGPT11: All entrants are responsible for cleaning the pit areas they use during the event. Teams that leave behind trash, oil, waste, or other trash will be penalized and charged a cleanup fee.

UGPT12: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing mandates refueling personnel (aka “The Fueler”; the crew member responsible for inserting the fuel nozzle or dry brake during a pit stop) wear a one piece or two piece fire suit minimally rated to the SFI Foundation’s 3.2A/5 manufacturer’s certification. The suit shall cover the crew member from the neck to the ankles and to the wrists. The suit must be free from holes, rips, tears, and not worn thin. Additionally Mandated, SFI Rated Balaclava, SFI 3.3 Rated Fire Retardant gloves and SFI 52.1 Fuel Apron. It is strongly recommended that the “fueler” wear a SNELL SA rated full face helmet. This applies to all fuel delivery systems including dump cans. SFI 3.3 rated fire retardant shoes are also strongly recommended. Additionally for all pit crew members working in the immediate area of a vehicle being fueled, the Unlimited Off-Road Racing requires pit crew members wear a one piece or two piece fire suit minimally rated to the SFI Foundation’s 3.2A/5 manufacturer’s certification. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing will accept NFPA 1971, 1977, or 2112 as acceptable alternatives to SFI rated garments. The use of a pit crew style helmets and an SFI 3.3 rated balaclava, SFI 3.3 rated fire retardant gloves, and SFI 3.3 rated fire retardant shoes are also strongly recommended.

UGPT13: Vehicle Refueling. All vehicles including car, truck, motorcycle, UTV and ATV may only be refueled with vented fuel cans or gravity fed fuel towers. Pressurized fuel systems may be used for Cars and Trucks only and must be approved and inspected by the Unlimited Off-Road Racing. Mandatory that all pits must have some form of approved fuel containment mat under the vehicle when fueling. Must have a bucket (preferably metal bucket) to keep overflowing fuel from reaching the ground. Overhead fuel towers and pressure systems: Must be placed a minimum of 50 feet from the race course. All towers must have a manned spring loaded dead man valve (ball gate or butterfly) to automatically close the line when the handle is released.

  • Fuel pressure systems and overhead towers must have a double redhead dry break with return back to the fuel system tank. Any other system must be approved by the Unlimited Off-Road Racing.
  • No larger than a -15 vent line.
  • All vehicles must have an external discriminator valve on the fuel vent.
  • It is highly recommended that your fuel system and your vehicle are grounded during refueling
  • Some form of fuel catch can, container must be in place to prevent overflowing fuel from touching the ground.
  • Fuel pressure systems must have a 10lb max pressure relief valve on the tank and must be purchased from American tank. Shop Number – 619-462-4076
  • All teams utilizing a pressure system or overhead tower must register with the Unlimited Off-Road Racing so the system may be inspected. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing reserves the right to disallow any fueling system deemed unsafe.
  • All dump cans must contain a full extension vent line to bottom of can.
  • Any team not compliant with any of these rules can be subject to penalty up to and including disqualification.

TECH-INSPECTION & IMPOUND

UGT1: It is the entrants’, drivers’, owners’, and sponsors’ full responsibility to meet all the Unlimited Off-Road Racing rules and regulations.

UGT2: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing reserves the right to limit the number of personnel into any area or garage in which inspections are being made or within which vehicles are impounded. Only two (2) members, including the driver, will be allowed with a race vehicle in the post tech inspection area. Technical personnel may allow more at its discretion.

UGT3: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing reserves the right to seal or impound any and all race vehicles.

UGT4: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing assumes no responsibility for impounded vehicles. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing intends to make reasonable efforts to ensure the vehicles’ security.

UGT5: The Race Director, Operations Manager, and/or Technical Director may impound any vehicle or vehicle parts.

UGT6: No vehicle is to be touched or may be removed from an inspection area or impound area without permission from the director and Technical Director. Failure to comply shall subject that entry to disqualification. Any vehicle not taken directly to the inspection or impound area when requested by the operations manager or technical director shall subject that entry to disqualification.

UGT7: The Technical Director may seize any illegal parts or devices found on any vehicle. Any item seized by the technical director will not be returned, nor will there be any compensation made by the Unlimited Off-Road Racing, its officials or directors to any entrant who has illegal items seized.

UGT8: Entrants must make all reasonable effort to arrive at the registration and pre-race technical inspection during the hours listed on race information sheets. Failure to do so may result in a $500 fine being placed on entrant at the discretion of the Unlimited Off-Road Racing .

UGT9: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing reserves the right to apply frame identification markers to any and all vehicles that participate in the Unlimited Off-Road Racing. The frame identification markers are to remain intact and unaltered by vehicle owners, drivers or support personnel. The frame identification markers are to remain on the vehicle for the life of the vehicle. If the frame identification marker is damaged or must be removed to facilitate repairs to the vehicle then the driver of record for the vehicle must notify the Unlimited Off-Road Racing prior to the next event in order to have a new frame identification marker applied. The driver of record must notate the frame identification number being removed and notify the Unlimited Off-Road Racing of the number.

PRE-RACE TECH

UGT10: Each vehicle must pass a safety inspection before it will be permitted to race in any Unlimited Off-Road Racing event. A designated identification marker will be placed on the vehicle after successfully passing the safety inspection. The identification marker must remain on the vehicle until after the finish of the race. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing decal must be placed on each side of the vehicle in a prominent location.

UGT10.1 Each race vehicle is mandated by The Unlimited Off-Road Racing Tech Team to place any special event decals on each side of the race vehicle (i.e. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing decal or The Unlimited Off-Road Racing sponsor decal, or event sponsor.) Failure to comply could result in a time penalty

UGT11: All personal protective gear will be checked at pre-race tech. This includes but is not limited to fire suits, helmets and neck braces. First-aid kits, fire extinguishers, seat belts, and nets will also be checked. This does not imply that these items will be the only items checked. The technical director or assistant technical director may seize any personal protective gear that does not comply with the rules or is deemed unsafe. Any item seized by the technical director will not be returned, nor will there be any compensation made by the Unlimited Off-Road Racing , its officials or directors to any entrant who has illegal or deemed unsafe items seized.

UGT12: Pre-race impound will be at the discretion of The Unlimited Off-Road Racing staff. After safety inspection, vehicles will be directed to an impound area where they will remain until assigned removal time. No one will be permitted into the impound area after the vehicle is placed in impound. Entrants must receive written special permission from the Unlimited Off-Road Racing to enter the impound after the vehicle is placed in impound.

POST-RACE-TECH

UGT13: The Unlimited Off-Road Racing reserves the right to subject any vehicle to a mechanical inspection at the discretion of the technical director. In the event of a mechanical inspection, the driver of record will be responsible for removing or preparing the requested items to be inspected as directed. Failure to comply will result in disqualification of entrant and vehicle, and may result in suspension from future Unlimited Off-Road Racing race events.

UGT14: The Operations Manager or Race Director may require the owner or entrant of a vehicle damaged in a race-related incident to submit to post-incident inspection. If the owner or entrant refuses, the vehicle and entrant may be disqualified and suspended from future Unlimited Off-Road Racing events.

UGT15: Post-race impound of all finishing vehicles is at the discretion of the Unlimited Off-Road Racing. Impound time limit is one hour after the official finish of the race. The Unlimited Off-Road Racing will release vehicles earlier at its discretion. Vehicles involved in any type of protest, complaint, or engine claim will be held until after resolution of protest, complaint, or engine claim.

UGT16: Any refusal by an entrant to comply with engine claim rules as stated in the class rules will result in entrants disqualification and suspension from all Unlimited Off-Road Racing sponsored events for a period of one year. Entrant will also forfeit any prize money, contingencies and any other award due for finishing the race.

Technical Regulations:

Technical regulations apply to all classes unless otherwise noted in class regulations. Class requirements or safety regulations that are class specific may take precedence over technical regulations. If class rules specifically state that a modification or optional equipment is allowed, it will be allowed. Unlimited Off-Road Racing's intent when prescribing specifications for safety equipment for vehicles/entrants that will compete under Unlimited Off-Road Racing rules is to provide protection to all entrants, crew members, officials, and spectators. Unlimited Off-Road Racing does not intend to restrict the general or specific design of any vehicle, but does encourage all entrants to give full attention to safety requirements. Any deviation from the technical rules at any Unlimited Off-Road Racing promoted or sanctioned event will be contingent upon the approval of Unlimited Off-Road Racing in writing in advance of the event.

Last Updated Feb. 20, 2024

Technical regulations apply to all classes unless otherwise noted in class regulations. Class requirements or safety regulations that are class specific may take precedence over technical regulations. If class rules specifically state that a modification or optional equipment is allowed, it will be allowed. Unlimited Off-Road Racing's intent when prescribing specifications for safety equipment for vehicles/entrants that will compete under Unlimited Off-Road Racing rules is to provide protection to all entrants, crew members, officials, and spectators. Unlimited Off-Road Racing does not intend to restrict the general or specific design of any vehicle, but does encourage all entrants to give full attention to safety requirements. Any deviation from the technical rules at any Unlimited Off-Road Racing promoted or sanctioned event will be contingent upon the approval of Unlimited Off-Road Racing in writing in advance of the event.

When operating vehicles on the race course, at any time, entrants must use an approved helmet, protective clothing, eye protection, and safety equipment.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

Helmets used in four-wheel vehicles must meet the following requirements; Snell memorial foundation, SAH2015, SA2015, or SA2020 with a legible Snell sticker attached, FIA Standard 8860-2004, 8860-2018, 8860-2018-ABP, 8860-2010, and 8859-2015 with a legible with a legible FIA sticker attached.

Motorcycle and ATV’s must meet the following requirements; Snell memorial foundation, M2015, M2020D, or M2020R with a legible Snell sticker attached, FIA Standard 8860-2004, 8860-2018, 8860-2018-ABP, 8860-2010, 8859-2015, ECE 22-05 and ECE 22-06 with a legible FIA sticker attached.

Youth rider/driver may use SNELL/FIA CM2016. Unlimited Off-Road Racing recommends each helmet be labeled (painted) with the driver/rider’s name, blood type, allergies, or any other medical information. Left hand side of the helmet must be free of all stickers. Straps must have "D" rings, no snaps or Velcro. As of January 2021, SAH2010, SA2010, FIA 8860-2004 and M2010 helmets will no longer be allowed.

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

4-Wheel Vehicles

Driving suits are required that cover the body from the neck to the ankles and to the wrist. Suits must be manufactured from fire resistant material with the manufacturer's fire-resistant label attached. Suits must be labeled SFI 3.2A/5 or higher. ONE PIECE DRIVING SUITS ARE MANDATORY. Drivers’ suits must be in good condition, clean and free of damage (i.e., holes, tears, rips, etc.) Driving gloves and shoes must meet SFI 3.3 requirements and be free of holes are mandatory. Fire retardant Head sock rated to the SFI 3.3 specification or a helmet skirt rated to the SFI 3.3/5 specification are mandatory.

Only cotton undergarments or fire-retardant long sleeve tops, and long bottom undergarments as well as fire retardant socks rated to the SFI 3.3 specification are allowed.

Motorcycles and ATV's

Full-length boots, gloves, goggles, shoulder pads, chest protectors, and padded trousers are required items.

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

Shatter resistant eye protection is required for all occupants competing in/on vehicles without full windshields. Those competing in closed cockpit vehicles must have eye protection available in the event the windshield is knocked out or broken.

It is highly recommended that entrants with removable dentures remove them prior to competing in an off-road event.

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINT

All drivers/riders in four (4) wheel vehicles must wear a frontal head restraint (FHR) bearing the SFI, Foundation’s 38.1 manufacturer’s certification label. All head and neck restraints must be replaced or recertified 5 years from the date of manufacture.

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

4-Wheel Vehicles

A suitable, weatherproof, emergency kit composed of individually packaged units must be carried in each vehicle. Each individual unit must contain at least the following items:

(1) - 4" Bandage Compress

(2) - 2" Bandage Compress

(1) - Triangular Bandage

(6) - 2" x 3" Adhesive Pads

(8) - 1" x 3.375" Adhesive Bandages

(6) - Prep Pads Treated

(1) - Eye Dressing Packet

(5) - Ammonia Inhalants

(1) - Ace Bandage

Not required for short course vehicles.

Motorcycles and ATV's

Each rider must carry a suitable, weatherproof, emergency kit composed of individually packaged units. Each individual unit must contain at least the following items:

(1) - 4" Bandage Compress

(1) - Eye Dressing Packet

(8) - 2" x 3" Adhesive Pads

(8) - 1" x 3.375" Bandages

(1) - 8cc Antiseptic

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

All vehicles except Motorcycles and Quads must carry a minimum of two emergency warning devices. Two (2) battery-operated red flashing beacons, two large glow sticks or two red reflective devices must be carried in the vehicle. Reflective devices must be at least 12 inches high and 12 inches long and be free standing. Unlimited Off-Road Racing stuck stubs are supplied to each entrant at registration. The stuck stub must be kept with the vehicle along with a writing instrument. If a break down or out-of-race condition occurs, the stuck stub must be completed and given to another.

Not required for short course vehicles.

TR7 HORNS

It is required that all vehicles except Motorcycles and Quads be equipped with a loud sounding device. Sirens may be used in addition to horns. Some classes may be required to run collision warning transponders at designated events.

Not required for short course vehicles.

TR8 REFLECTORS

All vehicles must have either two (2) (four-wheeled Vehicles) or one (1) (Motorcycles and Quads) 2" minimum diameter red reflectors on the rear of the vehicle and/or helmet. LED lights are not reflective and do not fulfill this rule.

TR9 FIRE EXTINGUISHER

Each vehicle except Motorcycles and Quads shall have one (1) hand-held portable UL approved 2.5 lb. minimum ABC rated dry chemical type or halon, AFFF Foam, Novec 1230, FE-36 fire extinguisher equipped with capacity gauge. Fire extinguishers must have a gage and must be fully charged and easily accessible from inside the vehicle. One (1) minimum 5-lb. ABC- class, dry chemical fire extinguisher or foam equivalent must be mounted on the exterior of the vehicle. Battery powered vehicles will be required to carry an additional Class D fire extinguisher. Must be accessible to outside of the vehicle and mounted to prevent damage to fire extinguisher during rollover. A “On-board fire suppressant” having three (3) nozzles located in these areas, driving compartment, fuel compartment and engine compartment is recommended.

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

All vehicles competing in long course events must carry at least two days of survival supplies and at least one (1) quart of water or other suitable liquid for each occupant/rider.

Not required for short course vehicles.

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

For classes that have wheel travel limitations the following will apply:

Front wheel travel will be measured at the centerline of the front spindle from metal stop to metal stop. Rear wheel travel will be measured at the centerline of the axle from metal stop to metal stop. Stops will be non-removable and nonadjustable. If limiter straps are to be used for stopping the bolts that mount them must be drilled with a minimum 1/8(.125) inch hole so that a Unlimited Off-Road Racing may seal them.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

At least one shock absorber per wheel, in working condition, must be used on all 4-wheel vehicles. Other systems may be used with prior approval of Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

Suspension bump stops must be static and can only be made of rubber, plastic, urethane, etc. In classes that are allowed movable bump stops or secondary suspension, movable stops are allowed.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

Secondary suspension shall include leaf springs, torsion bars, coil over shocks, air bags, air shocks, Haga balls or any other item that changes the wheel rate at any point in its travel other than primary suspension system that was delivered on the vehicle.

Shocks will be considered air shocks/secondary suspension when charged to 200 PSI in its fully extended state and the static shaft pressure exceeds 300 PSI when fully collapsed.

Bump stops will be considered secondary suspension if they contact the suspension unit more than 4" before the end of its travel.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Snap-on hubcaps or wheel covers of any type are not permitted on any class of vehicle during competition. All rims including spares must be stamped with vehicle race number. Number stamp must be 1/4(.250) inch tall, and be located within two (2) inches of valve stem. Tires will be visually checked for condition and must be considered safe by Unlimited Off-Road Racing prior to competing. It is highly recommended that all paint be removed from the mounting surfaces of the rim and the hub.

Maximum tire size is 45" Outside Diameter (O.D.). Pressure checked at 18 PSI on rim to be used.

TR14 FASTENERS

All nuts, bolts, and component parts on each vehicle's suspension system, chassis and running gear must be secured with Grade 8 or better nuts and bolts and secured with either lock nut, cotter keys or safety wire and have at least one full thread showing through the nut.

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

Steering wheel play must be kept to a minimum. Drag link and tie-rod ends must be secured and keyed. Steering must be considered safe by Unlimited Off-Road Racing before the vehicle will be permitted to race.

TR16 BRAKES

Brakes must be in a safe working condition and able to apply adequate braking force to "Lock-up" all four wheels. Turning or steering brakes are allowed unless not allowed by class rules.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

Each vehicle in competition must have a positive action on-off switch in good working order. The switch must be located within easy reach of the driver and marked or labeled "ignition" ON-Off. All electric fuel pump switches must be labeled as "FUEL" and must be accessible to the driver and outside personnel.

TR18 BATTERIES

Batteries must be securely mounted. All batteries mounted in the driver's compartment must be fully enclosed including the sides and bottom of the battery. Batteries will be considered to be located in the driver's compartment if there is not a full bulkhead (firewall) separating the driver and the battery. Regardless of location, the battery positive terminal must be insulated.

TR19 LIGHTS

Four-wheel Vehicles

All four-wheel vehicles must have a minimum of two (2) headlights, two (2) brake lights, and two (2) taillights. Taillights must be mounted at least 45 inches from the ground if other than stock. The brake light must be at least 3" in diameter. All tail lights must be DOT and in operating condition at all times.

All four-wheel vehicles must have a rearward facing amber colored light. Amber and blue Lights (if required) must be at least 3” diameter and DOT approved. These lights must be connected to the ignition and remain on during the race. Amber and blue lights must be seen 180° and not blocked by tires or parts. The bulb must be 25 to 55 watts, or LED with equivalent lumens as long as it has an amber/blue colored lens. Light must be mounted at least 48 inches off of the ground. The light must be visible from any position aft of the vehicle and must be protected from damage in case of roll over.

Rearward facing lights must be in an operational condition before the vehicle will be allowed to start an event. During an event if the light goes out it must be fixed or replaced at the next available pit location before proceeding in the race. Any light that is connected to a switch that allows the vehicle to move in any direction without the light being on will cause that entry to be disqualified.

Not required for short course vehicles.

Motorcycles and Quads

All Motorcycles and Quads must also have a minimum of one (1) headlight and one (1) taillight. Headlights are only required if racing after sunset or before sunrise. All lights must be in operating condition at all times. Taillights must be on during the entire race. Tail light must be either powered by the Motorcycle or Quad AC generating system or be a Unlimited Off-Road Racing approved battery powered unit capable of operating for the entire event.

TR20 STARTERS

All vehicles except Motorcycles and Quads must have a battery and a starter capable of starting the engine.

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

Any of the following commercially available gasoline’s, LPG, or diesel fuel may be used:

  1. Service station type pump fuel.
  2. Racing gasoline as manufactured.
  3. Commercial aviation gasoline.
  4. Natural or Propane Gas.
  5. Commercially available Ethanol i.e., E85, C85 or C95 is allowed. No oxygen bearing fuel including alcohol or nitromethane is allowed. Commercially produced, nationally advertised fuel additives may be used only in the quantities specified by the manufacturer and only if a sample of the gasoline with the additive is supplied for inspection to Unlimited Off-Road Racing. Fuel samples may be taken at random before, during, and after the event.

TR22 FUEL TANKS

Safety fuel cells are required for all classes except Motorcycles, and Quads. Auxiliary fuel tanks may be added to a vehicle in all classes except Class 11. Auxiliary fuel tanks must be safety fuel cells. All fuel cells must be securely mounted, filled foam and vented to the outside of the vehicle, and have a substantial cross-member between the fuel cell and driver in vehicles with rear mounted cells.

No GI cans or fuel containers similar in construction or purpose will be allowed in/on any vehicle during a race. Safety fuel cells shall consist of a bladder enclosed in a metal (minimum of .060 thickness) container as follows:

Bladders shall be constructed of nylon or Dacron woven fabric impregnated and coated with a fuel resistant elastomer. Rotary molded polymer cells are not allowed. The minimum standards acceptable for physical properties are:

unltd-fuel-tank

These physical properties must be maintained throughout all areas of the finished bladder, including seams, joints and fittings.

Container

The bladder shall be fully surrounded in a smooth skinned casing. The container shall be made of .060" Aluminum or steel. Other materials may be approved on request. Use of magnesium prohibited.

TR23 FUEL FILLER LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel filler lines and caps must be mounted in a location where they cannot be knocked open or torn off of the vehicle. All fillers must be located within frame or body structure so as to prevent opening or damage during a roll-over or accidental impact. Fuel pick-up openings, lines, breather vents, and fuel filler lines shall be designed and installed not to allow spillage under any conditions. Fuel breather lines must have a check valve and in addition the line must be routed around the fuel cell. Fuel tank breathers must be vented outside the driver's compartment to the rear of the vehicle.

All fuel fillers attached to the frame or body must have a flexible coupling to the tank. Positive locking non-vented fuel filler caps are required. A check valve must be incorporated in the fuel tank to prevent fuel escaping if the cap and filler neck are torn from the tank. All fuel fillers must be surrounded with a splash guard or boot designed to direct spilled fuel to the outside of the vehicle away from the driver, engine, and exhaust system when fueling.

Must have inline external discriminator valve.

ENGINES, TRANSMISSIONS and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

See class rules. Engine location and displacement may be inspected at any time. Engines may be sealed or marked by Unlimited Off-Road Racing at any event.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

Engine may be replaced during the event. Entrant must notify Unlimited Off-Road Racing that engine is being replaced. Engine replacement must be performed at an designated location.

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Every vehicle in competition except Motorcycles and Quads must have a functional reverse. All automatic transmissions must have a scatter shield of scatter blanket.

TR27 THROTTLES

Every vehicle except Motorcycles and Quads must have a throttle incorporating two (2) positive action return springs with a minimum pull of two (2) pounds each. A positive stop and override prevention system must be used to keep linkage from passing over center and sticking in an open position.

TR28 EXHAUST

All vehicles are required to be equipped with forestry approved spark arrestor or with approved mufflers. Exhaust system must be installed to direct the exhaust gases out of the body, rearward, behind the driver, away from the fuel tanks and tires, and placed in such a manner that will minimize the producing of dust. Exhaust pipes must extend at least twelve (12) inches to the rear of the driver's compartment.

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

All front engine vehicles with an open drive shaft must have a retainer hoop securely mounted and located within 6" of the front universal joint. The retainer hoop may consist of either a .25" x 2" steel strap, 2" wide nylon webbing, or .750 diameter tubing. Hoop or strap must be securely attached to a body or frame member.

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

All front engine vehicles with standard transmissions must have a SEMA/SFI approved bell housing or cover. All front engine vehicles with an automatic transmission must have a scatter shield or scatter blanket.

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

Oil coolers, transmission coolers, and radiators mounted ahead of the driver or in the passenger compartment must have a shroud behind the cooler that will prevent liquids from the cooler or its lines from blowing back onto the driver or co-driver. All hoses that run through the passenger compartment must be shielded.

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

A generator, fan, water pump (water-cooled engines), and a complete functional electrical system must be connected and in operation at the start of the race.

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Superchargers and turbochargers are only allowed in those classes noted. Diesel or gasoline engines in stock classes which utilize stock turbochargers may be approved on an individual basis.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

All vehicles except Motorcycles and Quads must be equipped with a roll cage. Minimum design and tubing size based on seamless 4130 chromoly tubing or ASTM 1018/1026 CDS/DOM. No aluminum or other nonferrous material permitted.

Material

Material for roll cage construction must be 4130 chromoly tubing or ASTM 1018/1026 CDS/DOM.

All welding must be of the highest quality with full penetration and no undercutting of the parent metal. All welds shall conform to the American Welding Society D1.1, Structural Welding Code,

Chapter 10, Tubular Structures and Standards for the material used. It is strongly recommended that the welder inspect all welds using magnetic iron powder or die-penetrate testing.

All tubes must be welded 360-degrees around the circumference of the tube. No oxy-acetylene brazing or welding allowed.

None of the tubing may show any signs of crimping or wall failure. All bends must be mandrel type. The center radius of the bends may not be less than three (3) times the outside diameter of the roll cage tubing.

Roll Cage Tubing Sizes

For the purposes of determining roll bar tubing sizes, vehicle weight is as raced, but without fuel and driver. Note: There is an allowance of minus 0.010 inches on all tubing thicknesses. Minimum tubing size for the roll cage is:

Up to 2000 lbs.

1.500” x 0.095” Cond N/4130/Seamless or ASTM 1018/1026 CDS/DOM

2001 - 2500 lbs.

1.500” x 0.120” Cond N/4130/Seamless or ASTM 1018/1026 CDS/DOM

2501 - 3000 lbs.

1.750” x 0.095” Cond N/4130/Seamless or ASTM 1018/1026 CDS/DOM

3001 - 4000 lbs.

1.750” x 0.120” Cond N/4130/Seamless or ASTM 1018/1026 CDS/DOM

4000 - 6000 lbs.

2.000” x 0.120” Cond N/4130/Seamless or ASTM 1018/1026 CDS/DOM

Over 6000 lbs.

2.000” x 0.120” Cond N/4130/Seamless or ASTM 1018/1026 CDS/DOM

Additional tubes required. Upper and lower B-Pillar plans must have “X” bracing. Windshield tubes must have lower support tubes. Roof plane must be “X” braced. (see fig2)

Roll Cage tube size will be determined by the weight of the race vehicle as race ready (sitting on the starting line.) With all spares, tools, etc, full of fuel. Driver and co-drivers are not included in the gross weight.

Construction Procedures

Cages must be securely mounted to the frame or body and gusseted and braced at all points of intersection. Cab or body mounted cages must not be attached to the body structure by direct welding, but must be bolted through and attached by the use of doubler plates (one on either side) with a minimum thickness of 3/16(.187) inch. Where bolt and nuts are used the bolts shall be at least 3/8 (.375) inch diameter SAE Grade 8 or equivalent. Roll cage terminal ends must be located to a frame or body structure that will support maximum impact and not shear. Minimum material dimension requirements for roll cages apply to the following members of the roll cage:

  1. Front and rear hoop or side lateral tubes
  2. Front and rear interconnecting bars
  3. Rear down braces
  4. Lateral bracing
  5. Elbow and door bars
  6. Lower A-pillar tubes, and lower B-pillar tubes
  7. A-Pillar brace (Wind wing tubes)
  8. Front Crossover braces (Windshield tubes)

Roll Cage Design

All roll cages must be constructed with at least one (1) front hoop (top of cage to floor), one (1) rear hoop (top of cage to floor), or two (2) side lateral hoops, two (2) interconnecting top bars, two (2) rear down braces and one (1) diagonal brace and necessary gussets. If front and/or rear hoop terminate at elbow/door bar, lower A-pillar and/or B-pillar must be made of the same tubing size as the roll cage. Upper main, front, rear, and lateral roll bar hoops must be made in one piece without joints. Centerlines of all required tubes must converge at intersections.

Any vehicle that is not equipped with stock steel doors for driver and co-driver must have sidebars, at least one on each side that will protect the occupants from side impact. Side bars must be parallel to the ground and be located vertically in relation to the occupants to provide maximum protection without causing difficulty in entering or exiting the vehicle. The sidebars must be constructed of tubing of the same material and dimensions as the roll cage. Additional side tubes may be required to limit cockpit intrusion, additional tubes must be of the same size tubing as the roll cage. Tubes must be placed in such a manner as to limit openings adjacent to the occupants. Maximum opening size in this area is limited to 370 square inches.

All roll cage bars must be at least 3” in any direction from the driver and co-driver’s helmets in their normal driving positions.

Gussets must be installed at all main intersections on the main cage including diagonal and rear down braces, and where single weld fractures can affect driver’s safety. Gussets may be constructed of .125” X 3” X 3” flat plate, split, formed and welded corner tubing, or tubing gussets the same thickness as the main cage material. Rear down braces and diagonal braces must angle no less than 30 degrees from vertical.

All vehicles must have their cages approved prior to racing in a Unlimited Off-Road Racing event. The inspection will be performed at a UNLTD designated site. Offsite inspections may be done, but may require additional fees. After passing inspection and paying Inspection fees all vehicles will receive a UNLTD I.D. tag, that is to remain with the vehicle at all times. If the tag is removed or lost, the vehicle must be re-inspected and retagged at the owner’s expense. Any modification to an approved cage may render its approval invalid and may need to be re[1]approved. All repairs to a roll cage damaged after an accident must be re-approved by Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

If a low back seat is used, head/neck restraints designed to prevent whiplash are required on all vehicles. These restraints must be a headrest of approximately 36 square inches, with a resilient padding at least 2” thick. Any portion of the roll bar or bracing which might come in contact with the helmet must be padded.

Full body Class 5, 5-1600 and Class 11 a-pillar tube support or wind shield tube is not required.

unltd-off-road-racing-cage-4000-under-V4 unltd-off-road-racing-cage-6000-plus-V4

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

All vehicles except Motorcycles and ATV's must have a heavy-duty type five-point fast release (no push button or quick release type) seat belt and shoulder harness with metal-to-metal buckles and connectors for each occupant. Harnesses must have SFI Foundation's 16.1 or 16.5 labels and expiration date labels. The single anti-submarine strap of the five-point system shall be attached so that it will exert maximum restraint to the upward movement of the belt and harness. The five-point system consists of a 2" seat belt, a 2" anti-submarine belt, and two 2" shoulder straps. No "Y" type shoulder belts. All belts must show the manufacturer's name, month, and year of manufacture. All belts must be changed after three (2) years of date of manufacture. Unlimited Off-Road Racing recommends all belts be changed after one (1) year of use. Harness materials shall be nylon or Dacron polyester and in new or perfect condition with no cuts or frayed layers, chemical stains, or excessive dirt.

Shoulder harnesses should be mounted behind the driver/co-driver. The recommended mounting point is approximately 4" below the top of the shoulder. Lap belts should be kept at a minimum at least 2.5" forward of seat and backrest intersection. All belts must be mounted directly to a main structure member of the same size specification as the roll cage and with gussets. All adjustment buckles should be kept at a minimum distance of 1.5" from the seat to prevent accidental loosening or chafing. Mounting hardware must utilize at least 3/8(.375) inch grade 8 steel bolts with 1.5" diameter washers attached through body or frame using lock nuts or cotter key. All belt hardware must be safety wired.

Where slip buckles ("E" rings) are used, they must be doubled up. Example two (2) slip rings per connection.

TR36 SAFETY NETS

Safety nets are mandatory on all enclosed vehicles and must cover the complete open area of side window openings. Safety nets are required with or without side glass and must be labeled SFI 27.1. The net must be fastened every 6 inches around the outside of the net. Fixed corners must be fastened with metal fasteners i.e., hose clamps, Adel clamps, bolts etc. The net border or edge and tie downs shall be made of materials that are as strong or stronger than the netting itself. Acceptable methods of tying the nets into the vehicle include, but are not limited to: hose clamps, snaps, nylon ties, Velcro, metal hooks and steel rods.

Rod must be made from a minimum of 1/2-inch solid steel and go 1 inch through the upper rear mounting tab. 1/2- inch rod top and bottom. No fixed upper rods. • All window net mounts must be welded to the roll cage. The window net, when in closed position, must fit tight and be secured with a safety belt type of latch. Push button latches are not allowed. Spring type mounting of nets on the top or bottom is not permitted.

Nets shall be installed so that the driver and/or co-driver can release the netting and exit the vehicle unassisted regardless of vehicle position. Net installation must meet with the approval of the chief technical inspector.

Netting must be installed on the inside of the roll cage bars so that it will not be damaged or come off the car in the event of a roll-over or slide on the side. All nets must have no more than a 1 inch gap on all borders to contain hands and fingers inside the vehicle. Nets attached to the door frame covering the entire opening are approved as long as the door is equipped with a secondary latching device.

TR37 SEATING

Only seats manufactured for racing will be allowed. All seats must be securely mounted using minimum 3/8(.375) inch grade 8 hardware. Adjustable track type seats must be securely fastened so as to allow no vertical or lateral motion. If stock VW type seat runners are used, they must be clamped to the floor with a minimum of two (2) U-bolts per rail and have 1" diameter washers on the underside. Head and neck restraints are mandatory. Low back seats are not allowed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVER'S COMPARTMENT

Driver and/or co-driver are to enter and exit the driving compartment unassisted with ease, with the vehicle in any position. The driving compartment must be separated by metal firewalls or bulkheads from any acids or fuels. The roof shall also be covered with sheet metal or sheet aluminum (minimum thickness .080 inch) covering all areas. No items inside the driving compartment should be a danger to the occupants, and is subject to Technical Director's approval.

TR39 DOORS and LATCHES

All vehicles with operable doors must have positive locking mechanisms, and must have a secondary latching device.

TR40 FIREWALLS

All vehicles must utilize an all-metal (.040 thick) firewall to separate the driver's compartment from any dangers. Firewalls will keep occupants protected from, fire from the engine and any fuel supplies, any fluids hot or cold. A minimum firewall must extend from the driver's shoulder height to the vehicle floor and body. Maximum gap around any item is 1/16(.062) inch. If rear mounted safety fuel cell is higher than shoulder height, the firewall must be extended at least two inches above the fuel cell.

TR41 BALLAST

Any material used for the purpose of adding weight to meet minimum weight requirements, must be properly attached to the vehicle's structure. Any material added to make minimum weight requirements must also have holes drilled in material so that it may be sealed to a non- removable structure member.

TR42 WEIGHT

Vehicle race weight shall be considered dry weight. (Dry weight is with all fuel tanks drained.) Tools, spare tires, and parts removed, but otherwise the vehicle must be race ready. Official weight will be considered weight shown on official scales.

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

Floorboards or belly pans are required on all vehicles and must be held on by a minimum of six (6) .25" bolts per side if the floor is not an integral part of the body or chassis. Floorboards must cover the entire area from the front of the pedal assembly to the back of the seat(s) and from outside edge to outside edge on the sides. Floorboards will protect occupants from dust and debris.

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

No hazardous front or rear bumpers, nerf bars, frame ends or other protruding objects from the vehicles are allowed. All ends must be rounded and capped off. All vehicles must be equipped with safe front and rear bumpers.

TR45 MIRRORS

A rear-view mirror is required on all. Mirrors are subject to Technical Directors approval.

TR46 SKID PLATES

Skid plates designed to protect the front suspension, steering, and brake components are required on all vehicles. Skid plates must be designed of metal and be securely mounted.

TR47 STORAGE

All spare parts and extra equipment carried on or in a vehicle must be securely fastened to prevent their movement.

TR48 FENDERS

Fenders must be securely attached to the vehicle if required. The removal of fenders not damaged during the race, after the race has started, will cause the vehicle to be disqualified.

TR49 CHASSIS and BODY

All body components shall remain on the vehicle (accidental damage excluded) during the entire event. Body/chassis series must be maintained with body/chassis combinations. as specified in individual class rules.

TR50 HOSES

All hoses including metal lines and fittings must be securely clamped and/or safety wired in place.

TR51 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

All vehicles in competition must be identified with the correct vehicle number displayed according to the following rules.

All numbers must be displayed on a contrasting background. Number plate background will be distinguishable from the color of the vehicle.

Unlimited Off-Road Racing assumes no responsibility for scoring vehicles that have unrecognizable identification numbers. It is the driver's responsibility to keep numbers recognizable at all times during the event.

Four-Wheel Vehicles

  1. Visible from both sides of the vehicle, one (1) number per side. Numbers must be a minimum of 10" high with a minimum 1" wide stroke.
  2. Visible from the rear, one (1) number. Numbers must be a minimum of 6" high with a 1" wide stroke.
  3. Visible from the front, one (1) number upper left Driver's Side visor area. Numbers must be a minimum of 4" high.
  4. Visible from above, one (1) number. Numbers must be a minimum of 8" high with a 1" wide stroke.

Motorcycles

  1. Visible from the side, one (1) number per side on both sides of the rear wheel. Numbers must be a minimum of 6" high with a minimum 1" stroke width and attached to a number plate of sufficient size to accommodate them.
  2. Visible from the front, one (1) number. Numbers must be a minimum of 6" high with a 1" stroke width and attached to a number plate of sufficient size to accommodate them.
  3. A blank space (21⁄2" high by 8" width minimum) anywhere on the vehicle must be left.
  4. Any letters used for identification purposes by Unlimited Off-Road Racing in your number may be 1/2 the size of the number.

PIT-SUPPORT VEHICLES

All pit-support vehicles will have a minimum 4-inch-high white number of race vehicles on both sides of the vehicle on side windows, on upper passenger-side corner of front windshield and on rear window. Pit support vehicles must have a current Unlimited Off-Road Racing pit pass attached to the lower passenger side portion of the front windshield.

TR52 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

Advertisements may be displayed on vehicles provided they are in good taste and do not interfere with identification marks.

TR53 RADIO EQUIPMENT

Race vehicle/support vehicle radio equipment and or broad casts may not at anytime interfere with Race Communications.

TR54 WORKMANSHIP

All construction, modifications and alterations must be performed in a workmanlike manner. Meet all rules and regulations and is subject to Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

TR55 TRACKING DEVICE

All vehicles will be mandated to run a GPS tracking/scoring device designated by Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

Technical regulations apply to all classes unless otherwise noted in class regulations. Class requirements or safety regulations that are class specific may take precedence over technical regulations. If class rules specifically state that a modification or optional equipment is allowed, it will be allowed. Unlimited Off-Road Racing's intent when prescribing specifications for safety equipment for vehicles/entrants that will compete under Unlimited Off-Road Racing rules is to provide protection to all entrants, crew members, officials, and spectators. Unlimited Off-Road Racing does not intend to restrict the general or specific design of any vehicle, but does encourage all entrants to give full attention to safety requirements. Any deviation from the technical rules at any Unlimited Off-Road Racing promoted or sanctioned event will be contingent upon the approval of Unlimited Off-Road Racing in writing in advance of the event.

When operating vehicles on the race course, at any time, entrants must use an approved helmet, protective clothing, eye protection, and safety equipment.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

Helmets used in four-wheel vehicles must meet the following requirements; Snell memorial foundation, SAH2015, SA2015, or SA2020 with a legible Snell sticker attached, FIA Standard 8860-2004, 8860-2018, 8860-2018-ABP, 8860-2010, and 8859-2015 with a legible with a legible FIA sticker attached. Motorcycle and ATV’s must meet the following requirements; Snell memorial foundation, M2015, M2020D, or M2020R with a legible Snell sticker attached, FIA Standard 8860-2004, 8860-2018, 8860-2018-ABP, 8860-2010, and 8859-2015 with a legible FIA sticker attached. Youth rider/driver may use SNELL/FIA CM2016. Unlimited Off-Road Racing recommends each helmet be labeled (painted) with the driver/rider’s name, blood type, allergies, or any other medical information. Left hand side of the helmet must be free of all stickers. Straps must have "D" rings, no snaps or Velcro. As of January 2021, SAH2010, SA2010, FIA 8860-2004 and M2010 helmets will no longer be allowed.

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

4-Wheel Vehicles

Driving suits are required that cover the body from the neck to the ankles and to the wrist. Suits must be manufactured from fire resistant material with the manufacturer's fire-resistant label attached. Suits must be labeled SFI 3.2A/5 or higher. ONE PIECE DRIVING SUITS ARE MANDATORY. Drivers’ suits must be in good condition, clean and free of damage (i.e., holes, tears, rips, etc.) Driving gloves and shoes must meet SFI 3.3 requirements and be free of holes are mandatory. Fire retardant Head sock rated to the SFI 3.3 specification or a helmet skirt rated to the SFI 3.3/5 specification are mandatory. Only cotton undergarments or fire-retardant

long sleeve tops, and long bottom undergarments as well as fire retardant socks rated to the SFI 3.3 specification are allowed.

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

Shatter resistant eye protection is required for all occupants competing in/on vehicles without full windshields. Those competing in closed cockpit vehicles must have eye protection available in the event the windshield is knocked out or broken.

It is highly recommended that entrants with removable dentures remove them prior to competing in an off-road event.

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINT

All drivers/riders in four (4) wheel vehicles must wear a frontal head restraint (FHR) bearing the SFI, Foundation’s 38.1 manufacturer’s certification label. All head and neck restraints must be replaced or recertified 5 years from date of manufacture.

UTR5 FIRST AID KIT

4-Wheel Vehicles

A suitable, weatherproof, emergency kit composed of individually packaged units must be carried in each vehicle. Each individual unit must contain at least the following items:

(1) - 4" Bandage Compress

(2) - 2" Bandage Compress

(1) - Triangular Bandage

(6) - 2" x 3" Adhesive Pads

(8) - 1" x 3.375" Adhesive Bandages (6) - Prep Pads Treated

(1) - Eye Dressing Packet (5) - Ammonia Inhalants (1) - Ace Bandage

Not required for short course vehicles.

UTR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

All vehicles except Motorcycles and Quads must carry a minimum of two emergency warning devices. Two (2) battery-operated red flashing beacons, two large glow sticks or two red reflective devices must be carried in the vehicle. Reflective devices must be at least 12 inches high and 12 inches long and be free standing. Unlimited Off-Road Racing stuck stubs are supplied to each entrant at registration. The stuck stub must be kept with the vehicle along with a writing instrument. If a break down or out-of-race condition occurs, the stuck stub must be completed and given to another.

Not required for short course vehicles.

UTR7 HORNS

It is required that all vehicles except Motorcycles and Quads be equipped with a loud sounding device. Sirens may be used in addition to horns. Some classes may be required to run collision warning transponders at designated events.

Not required for short course vehicles.

UTR8 REFLECTORS

All vehicles must have either two (2) (four-wheeled Vehicles) or one (1) (Motorcycles and Quads) 2" minimum diameter red reflectors on the rear of the vehicle and/or helmet. LED lights are not reflective and do not fulfill this rule.

UTR9 FIRE EXTINGUISHER

Each vehicle except motorcycles or ATV’s must have one (1) hand-held portable UL approved 2.5lb minimum ABC rated dry chemical type or halon, AFFF Foam, Novec 1230, FE-36 fire extinguisher equipped with capacity gauge. Fire extinguisher must have a gage and must be fully charged and easily accessible from inside of vehicle.

One(1) minimum 5lb ABC- class, dry chemical fire extinguisher or foam equivalent must be mounted on the exterior of the vehicle. Must be accessible outside of vehicle and mounted to prevent damage to fire extinguisher during rollover. A “On-board fire suppressant” having three (3) nozzles located in these areas, driving compartment, fuel compartment and engine compartment is recommended.

UTR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

All vehicles competing in long course events must carry at least two days of survival supplies and at least one (1) quart of water or other suitable liquid for each occupant/rider.

Not required for short course vehicles.

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

For classes that have wheel travel limitations the following will apply:

Front wheel travel will be measured at the centerline of the front spindle from metal stop to metal stop. Rear wheel travel will be measured at the centerline of the axle from metal stop to metal stop. Stops will be non-removable and nonadjustable. If limiter straps are to be used for stops the bolts that mount them must be drilled with a minimum 1/8(.125) inch hole so that a Unlimited Off-Road Racing may seal them.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

At least one shock absorber per wheel, in working condition, must be used on all 4 wheel vehicles. Other systems may be used with prior approval of Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

Suspension bump stops must be static and can only be made of rubber, plastic, urethane, etc. In classes that are allowed movable bump stops or secondary suspension, movable stops are allowed.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

Secondary suspension shall include leaf springs, torsion bars, coil over shocks, air bags, air shocks, Haga balls or any other item that changes the wheel rate at any point in its travel other than primary suspension system that was delivered on the vehicle.

Shocks will be considered air shocks/secondary suspension when charged to 200 PSI in its fully extended state and the static shaft pressure exceeds 300 PSI when fully collapsed.

Bump stops will be considered secondary suspension if they contact the suspension unit more than 4" before the end of its travel.

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Snap-on hubcaps or wheel covers of any type are not permitted on any class of vehicle during competition. All rims including spares must be stamped with vehicle race number. Number stamp must be 1/4(.250) inch tall, and be located within two (2) inches of valve stem. Tires will be visually checked for condition and must be considered safe by Unlimited Off-Road Racing prior to competing. It is highly recommended that all paint be removed from the mounting surfaces of the rim and the hub.

Maximum tire size is 35" Outside Diameter (O.D.). Pressure checked at 18 PSI on rim to be used.

UTR14 FASTENERS

All nuts, bolts, and component parts on each vehicle's suspension system, chassis and running gear must be secured with Grade 8 or better nuts and bolts and secured with either lock nut, cotter keys or safety wire and have at least one full thread showing through the nut.

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

Steering wheel play must be kept to a minimum. Drag link and tie-rod ends must be secured and keyed. Steering must be considered safe by Unlimited Off-Road Racing before the vehicle will be permitted to race.

UTR16 BRAKES

Brakes must be in a safe working condition and able to apply adequate braking force to "Lock-up" all four wheels. Turning or steering brakes are allowed unless allowed by class rules.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

Each vehicle in competition must have a positive action on-off switch in good working order. The switch must be located within easy reach of the driver and marked or labeled "ignition" ON-Off. All electric fuel pump switches must be labeled as "FUEL" and must be accessible to driver and outside personnel.

UTR18 BATTERIES

Batteries must be securely mounted. All batteries mounted in the driver's compartment must be fully enclosed including the sides and bottom of the battery. Batteries will be considered to be located in the driver's compartment if there is not a full bulkhead (firewall) separating the driver and the battery. Regardless of location battery positive terminal must be insulated.

UTR19 LIGHTS

Four-wheel Vehicles

All four-wheel vehicles must have a minimum of two (2) headlights, two (2) brake lights, and two (2) taillights. Taillights must be mounted at least 48 inches from the ground if other than stock. The brake light must be at least 3" in diameter. All UTV's must also have two (2) additional rear facing safety lights. One (1) solid amber, one (1) flashing amber, one (1) solid blue, and one (1) flashing blue. All safety lights must be LED with a minimum of 2000 lumens output. All safety lights must be wired directly to the battery switch. All tail lights must be DOT and in operating condition at all times.

All four-wheel vehicles must have a rearward facing amber colored light. Amber and blue lights (if required) must be at least 3” diameter and DOT approved. These lights must be connected to the ignition and remain on during the race. Amber and blue lights must be seen 180° and not blocked by tires or parts. The bulb must be 25 to 55 watts, or LED with equivalent lumens as long as it has an amber/blue colored lens. Light must be mounted at least 48 inches off of the ground. The light must be visible from any position aft of the vehicle and must be protected from damage in case of roll over. A light bar that has all the correct lights may fill these requirements.

Rearward facing lights must be in an operational condition before the vehicle will be allowed to start an event. During an event if the light goes out it must be fixed or replaced at the next available pit location before proceeding in the race. Any light that is connected to a switch that allows the vehicle to move in any direction without the light being on will cause that entry to be disqualified.

Not required for short course vehicles.

UTR20 STARTERS

All vehicles except Motorcycles and Quads must have a battery and a starter capable of starting the engine.

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

Any of the following commercially available gasoline’s, LPG, or diesel fuel may be used:

  1. Service station type pump fuel.
  2. Racing gasoline as manufactured.
  3. Commercial aviation gasoline.
  4. Natural or Propane Gas.
  5. Commercially available Ethanol i.e., E85, C85 or C95 are not allowed. No oxygen bearing fuel including alcohol or nitromethane is allowed. Commercially produced, nationally advertised fuel additives may be used only in the quantities specified by the manufacturer and only if a sample of the gasoline with the additive is supplied for inspection to Unlimited Off-Road Racing. Fuel samples may be taken at random before, during, and after the event.

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

Safety fuel cells are required for all classes except Motorcycles, Quads, and some noted UTV classes. Auxiliary fuel tanks may be added to a vehicle in all classes except Class 11. Auxiliary

fuel tanks must be safety fuel cells. All fuel cells must be securely mounted, filled with foam and vented to the outside of the vehicle, and have a substantial cross-member between the fuel cell and driver in vehicles with rear mounted cells.

No GI cans or fuel containers similar in construction or purpose will be allowed in/on any vehicle during a race. Safety fuel cells shall consist of a bladder enclosed in a metal (minimum of .060 thickness) container as follows:

Bladders shall be constructed of nylon or Dacron woven fabric impregnated and coated with a fuel resistant elastomer. Rotary molded polymer cells are not allowed. The minimum standards acceptable for physical properties are:

unltd-fuel-tank

These physical properties must be maintained throughout all areas of the finished bladder including seams, joints and fittings.

Container

The bladder shall be fully surrounded in a smooth skinned casing. The container shall be made of .060" Aluminum or steel. Other materials may be approved on request. Use of magnesium prohibited.

UTR23 FUEL FILLER LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel filler lines and caps must be mounted in a location where they cannot be knocked open or torn off of the vehicle. All fillers must be located within frame or body structure so as to prevent opening or damage during a roll-over or accidental impact. Fuel pick-up openings, lines, breather vents, and fuel filler lines shall be designed and installed not to allow spillage under any conditions. Fuel breather lines must have a check valve and in addition the line must be routed around the fuel cell. Fuel tank breathers must be vented outside the driver's compartment to the rear of the vehicle.

All fuel fillers attached to the frame or body must have a flexible coupling to the tank. Positive locking non-vented fuel filler caps are required. A check valve must be incorporated in the fuel tank to prevent fuel escaping if the cap and filler neck are torn from the tank. All fuel fillers must be surrounded with a splash guard or boot designed to direct spilled fuel to the outside of the vehicle away from the driver, engine, and exhaust system when fueling.

ENGINES, TRANSMISSIONS and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

See class rules. Engine location and displacement may be inspected at any time. Engines may be sealed or marked by Unlimited Off-Road Racing at any event.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

Engine may be replaced during the event. Entrant must notify Unlimited Off-Road Racing that engine is being replaced. Engine replacement must be performed at an designated location.

UTR26 TRANSMISSION

Every vehicle in competition except Motorcycles and Quads must have a functional reverse. All automatic transmissions must have a scatter shield or scatter blanket.

UTR27 THROTTLES

Every vehicle except Motorcycles and Quads must have a throttle incorporating two (2) positive action return springs with a minimum pull of two (2) pounds each. A positive stop and override prevention system must be used to keep linkage from passing over center and sticking in an open position.

UTR28 EXHAUST

All vehicles are required to be equipped with forestry approved spark arrestor or with approved mufflers. Exhaust system must be installed to direct the exhaust gases out of the body, rearward, behind the driver, away from the fuel tanks and tires, and placed in such a manner that will minimize the producing of dust. Exhaust pipes must extend at least twelve (12) inches to the rear of the driver's compartment.

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

All front engine vehicles with an open drive shaft must have a retainer hoop securely mounted and located within 6" of the front universal joint. The retainer hoop may consist of either a .25" x 2" steel strap, 2" wide nylon webbing, or .750 diameter tubing. Hoop or strap must be securely attached to a body or frame member.

UTR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

All front engine vehicles with standard transmissions must have a SEMA-approved bell housing or cover. All front engine vehicles with an automatic transmission must have a scatter shield or scatter blanket.

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

Oil coolers, transmission coolers, and radiators mounted ahead of the driver or in the passenger compartment must have a shroud behind the cooler that will prevent liquids from the cooler or its lines from blowing back onto the driver or co-driver. All hoses that run through the passenger compartment must be shielded.

UTR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

A generator, fan, water pump (water-cooled engines), and a complete functional electrical system must be connected and in operation at the start of race.

UTR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Superchargers and turbochargers are only allowed in those classes noted. Diesel or gasoline engines in stock classes which utilize stock turbochargers may be approved on an individual basis.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

All vehicles must be equipped with a roll cage. Minimum design and tubing size based on seamless 4130 chromoly tubing or ASTM 1018/1026 CDS/DOM. Stock UTV cages are not allowed. No aluminum or other nonferrous material permitted.

Material

Material for roll cage construction must be 4130 chromoly tubing or ASTM 1018/1026 CDS/DOM.

All welding must be of the highest quality with full penetration and no undercutting of the parent metal. All welds shall conform to the American Welding Society D1.1, Structural Welding Code, Chapter 10, Tubular Structures and Standards for the material used. It is strongly recommended that the welder inspect all welds using magnetic iron powder or die-penetrate testing.

All tubes must be welded 360-degrees around the circumference of the tube. No oxy-acetylene brazing or welding allowed.

None of the tubing may show any signs of crimping or wall failure. All bends must be mandrel type. The center radius of the bends may not be less than three (3) times the outside diameter of the roll cage tubing.

Roll Cage Tubing Sizes

For the purposes of determining roll bar tubing sizes, vehicle weight is as raced, but without fuel and driver. Note: There is an allowance of minus 0.010 inches on all tubing thicknesses. Minimum tubing size for the roll cage is:

Up to 2000 lbs.

1.500” x 0.095” Cond N/4130/Seamless or ASTM 1018/1026 CDS/DOM

2001 - 2500 lbs.

1.500” x 0.120” Cond N/4130/Seamless or ASTM 1018/1026 CDS/DOM

2501 - 3000 lbs.

1.750” x 0.095” Cond N/4130/Seamless or ASTM 1018/1026 CDS/DOM

Roll Cage tube size will be determined by the weight of the race vehicle as race ready (sitting on the starting line.) With all spares, tools, etc, full of fuel. Driver and co-drivers are not included in the gross weight.

Construction Procedures

Cages must be securely mounted to the frame or body and gusseted and braced at all points of intersection. Cab or body mounted cages must not be attached to the body structure by direct welding, but must be bolted through and attached by the use of doubler plates (one on either side) with a minimum thickness of 3/16(.187) inch. Where bolt and nuts are used the bolts shall be at least 3/8 (.375) inch diameter SAE Grade 8 or equivalent. Roll cage terminal ends must be located to a frame or body structure that will support maximum impact and not shear. Minimum material dimension requirements for roll cages apply to the following members of the roll cage:

  1. Front and rear hoop or side lateral tubes
  2. Front and rear interconnecting bars
  3. Rear down braces
  4. Lateral bracing
  5. Elbow and door bars
  6. Lower A-pillar tubes, and lower B-pillar tubes

Desert UTV Roll Cage Design

All roll cages must be constructed with at least one (1) front hoop (top of cage to floor), one (1) rear hoop (top of cage to floor), or two (2) side lateral hoops, two (2) interconnecting top bars, two (2) rear down braces and one (1) diagonal brace and necessary gussets. If the front and/or rear hoop terminate at elbow/door bar, lower A-pillar and/or B-pillar must be made of the same tubing size as roll cage. Upper main, front, rear, and lateral roll bar hoops must be made in one piece without joints. Centerlines of all required tubes must converge at intersections.

Any vehicle that is not equipped with stock steel doors for driver and co-driver must have sidebars, at least one on each side that will protect the occupants from side impact. Side bars must be parallel to the ground and be located vertically in relation to the occupants to provide maximum protection without causing difficulty in entering or exiting the vehicle. The sidebars must be constructed of tubing of the same material and dimensions as the roll cage. Additional side tubes may be required to limit cockpit intrusion, additional tubes must be of the same size tubing as the roll cage. Tubes must be placed in such a manner as to limit openings adjacent to the occupants. Maximum opening size in this area is limited to 370 square inches.

All roll cage bars must be at least 3” in any direction from the driver and co-driver’s helmets in their normal driving positions.

Gussets must be installed at all main intersections on the main cage including diagonal and rear down braces, and where single weld fractures can affect driver’s safety. Gussets may be constructed of .125” X 3” X 3” flat plate, split, formed and welded corner tubing, or tubing gussets the same thickness as the main cage material. Rear down braces and diagonal braces must angle no less than 30 degrees from vertical.

An inspection hole of at least .187” diameter must be drilled in a non-critical area of the roll bar hoop to facilitate verification of wall thickness. It is the prerogative of Unlimited Off-Road Racing to drill a second hole if deemed necessary.

All vehicles must have their cages approved prior to racing in a Unlimited Off-Road Racing event. The inspection will be performed at a UNLTD designated site. Offsite inspections may be done, but may require additional fees. After passing inspection and paying Inspection fees all vehicles will receive a UNLTD I.D. tag, that is to remain with the vehicle at all times. If the tag is removed or lost, the vehicle must be re-inspected and retagged at the owner’s expense. Any modification to an approved cage may render its approval invalid and may need to be re[1]approved. All repairs to a roll cage damaged after an accident must be re-approved by Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

Head/neck restraints designed to prevent whiplash are required on all vehicles. These restraints must be a headrest of approximately 36 square inches, with a resilient padding at least 2” thick. Any portion of the roll bar or bracing which might come in contact with the helmet must be padded.

Mid-Course UTV Roll Cage

See drawing for minimum diameter and thickness requirements for roll cage.

  • Red tubes are required to have a minimum of 1.5” x .120” tubing.
  • Blue tubes are required to have a minimum of 1.5” x .095” tubing.
  • Yellow tubes are required to have a minimum of 1.25” x .120” tubing.

mid-course-utv-roll-cage-design-V3

Series approved aftermarket roll cage required. Stock cages are not allowed.

Roll cages may be constructed with one front vertical hoop, one rear vertical hoop, two interconnecting top bars, two rear down braces, and one diagonal brace, or with one vertical hoop on each size of the vehicle with interconnecting bars at the bottom of the windshield area, the top of the windshield area (between A pillars), and between the tops of the B pillars. All single tube intersections in the roll cage must be reinforced with gussets. All cages require a A-Pillar (Wind Wing) support tube.

On cages with side-to-side main hoops, the two top interconnecting bars must be placed as far to the outside of the top part of the front and rear hoops as possible.

The rear down braces and diagonal brace must angle a minimum of 30 degrees from vertical. At the bottom of the diagonal brace there must be a cross member of the same tubing material and dimensions as the hoop.

There must be a minimum of 2 inches clearance between the driver's helmet and roll cage.

Gussets must be installed at all intersections, including diagonal and rear down braces, where single weld fractures can affect occupant’s safety.

Gussets may be constructed of minimum .090 inch x 3 inch x 3 inch flat plate, .090” wrap around, or tubing gussets made of the same material and thickness as roll cage.

Roll cage terminal ends must be attached to a frame or body member that will support maximum impact and not shear or allow more than 1 ½ inches of movement in the cage terminal end.

Roll cage material must be 4130 chromoly or 1018-1026 DOM.

All tubing, welds, gussets, and roll cage construction must be approved.

Entire roof must be covered with sheet metal or .063 inch minimum aluminum.

All UTV classes except RZR170 UTV: Minimum tubing diameter and thickness is 1 ½ inch diameter by .095 for main roll cage tubes not specified as requiring 1 ½ inch by .120” tubing. This includes the front to back mid rail shoulder bar. Rear cage ‘X’ may use 1 ¼ inch by .095”tubing. See drawings below.

No bolts on connections to chassis are allowed. All joints must be welded and attached to the frame securely.

Top left half of the roll cage above the driver's head must have a 1 ½ inch x .095 inch ‘X’ brace and/or be covered with a .125 inch minimum aluminum plate.

If .125” plate is used, a single 1-½” x .095” diagonal bar is sufficient.

Roof plate must be attached with 2 bolts on each of the four sides.

Mid-Course ProTurbo, Mid-Course ProTurbo Mod, Mid-Course Production 1000 and Mid-Course Production 1000 Mod.

Older existing cages with .120” tubing on the A pillar bar only, will be allowed to compete until TBD. All new cages must be built to the specs in rules and diagrams below.

It is recommended that stock cage mounts and seat belt mounting plates be reinforced.

Roll cage width must be similar in style to a stock 2 seat UTV. No narrow width cages.

RS1: must also maintain stock cockpit width or wider.

Preferred method of race cage mounting is welded on roll cages. Bolt on cages are allowed but must be approved and must utilize Grade 8 or better bolts.

Secondary reinforcement of the bolt together clevises is required in the form of, either two 1 inch long welded doubler plates on each side of clevis joint or two 1 inch long welds on each side of the clevis joint.

Other than the original bolt-in clevis, no additional material may be removed from the original chassis for roll cage attachment.

Must have a 1-½ inch by .095 inch minimum size DOM or chromoly dash bar located between the A-pillar joints connecting the two sides of the car with 1 single uninterrupted tube. Some vehicle models have OEM cross bars between the lower front cage mounting points. On these vehicles the factory cross bar can be used along with approved bracing.

Youth 1000/570 UTV:

Minimum roll cage tubing diameter and thickness requirements are shown in the drawings at the end of the UTV class rules. Minimum tubing diameter and thickness are:

  • Red tubes are required to have a minimum of 1.5” x .095” tubing
  • Blue tubes are required to have a minimum of 1.5” x .095” tubing
  • Yellow tubes are required to have a minimum of 1.25” x .095” tubing

youth-570-1000-utv-roll-cage-design-V3

1 ½ inch x .095 inch minimum 4130 Chromoly or DOM tubing is required for the main roll cage.

2-seat cars: Top of roll cage above driver’s head must have either an ‘X’ or a front to back center bar with a single diagonal above the driver’s head

RS1 cars top of roll cage above the driver’s head must have a diagonal brace.

RZR 170/200/250:

Minimum tubing diameter and thickness are:

  • Red tubes are required to have a minimum of 1.25” x 095” tubing
  • Blue tubes are required to have a minimum of 1.25” x .083” tubing
  • Yellow tubes are required to have a minimum of 1” x .083” tubing

Minimum roll cage tubing diameter and thickness requirements are shown in the drawings at the end of the UTV class rules.

Top of the roll cage above the driver's head must have either an ‘X’ or a front to back center bar.

youth-170-200-250-utv-roll-cage-design-V3

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

All vehicles except Motorcycles and ATV's must have a heavy-duty type five-point fast release (no push button or quick release type) seat belt and shoulder harness with metal-to-metal buckles and connectors for each occupant. Harnesses must have SFI Foundation's 16.1 or 16.5 labels and expiration date labels. The single antisubmarine strap of the five-point system shall be attached so that it will exert maximum restraint to the upward movement of the belt and harness. The five-point system consists of a 2" seat belt, a 2" antisubmarine belt, and two 2" shoulder straps. No "Y" type shoulder belts. All belts must show manufacturer's name, month, and year of manufacture. All belts must be changed after three (2) years of date of manufacture. Unlimited Off-Road Racing recommends all belts be changed after one (1) year of use. Harness materials shall be nylon or Dacron polyester and in new or perfect condition with no cuts or frayed layers, chemical stains, or excessive dirt.

Shoulder harness should be mounted behind the driver/co-driver. The recommended mounting point is approximately 4" below the top of the shoulder. Lap belts should be kept at a minimum at least 2.5" forward of seat and backrest intersection. All belts must be mounted directly to a main structure member of the same size specification as the roll cage and with gussets. All adjustment buckles should be kept at a minimum distance of 1.5" from the seat to prevent accidental loosening or chafing. Mounting hardware must utilize at least 3/8(.375) inch grade 8 steel bolts with 1.5" diameter washers attached through body or frame using lock nuts or cotter key. All belt hardware must be safety wired.

Where slip buckles ("E" rings) are used, they must be doubled up. Example two (2) slip rings per connection.

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

Safety nets are mandatory on all enclosed vehicles and must cover the complete open area of side window openings. Safety nets are required with or without side glass and must be labeled SFI 27.1. The net must be fastened every 6 inches around the outside of the net. Fixed corners must be fastened with metal fasteners i.e., hose clamps, Adel clamps, bolts etc. The net border or edge and tie downs shall be made of materials that are as strong or stronger than the netting itself. Acceptable methods of tying the nets into the vehicle include, but are not limited to: hose clamps, snaps, nylon ties, Velcro, metal hooks and steel rods.

Rod must be made from a minimum of 1/2-inch solid steel and go 1 inch through the upper rear mounting tab. 1/2- inch rod top and bottom. No fixed upper rods. • All window net mounts must be welded to the roll cage. The window net, when in closed position, must fit tight and be secured with a safety belt type of latch. Push button latches are not allowed. Spring type mounting of nets on the top or bottom is not permitted.

Nets shall be installed so that the driver and/or co-driver can release the netting and exit the vehicle unassisted regardless of vehicle position. Net installation must meet with the approval of the chief technical inspector.

Netting must be installed on the inside of the roll cage bars so that it will not be damaged or come off the car in the event of a roll-over or slide on the side. All nets must have no more than a 1inch gap on all borders to contain hands and fingers inside the vehicle. Nets attached to the door frame covering the entire opening are approved as long as the door is equipped with a secondary latching device.

unltd_off-road-racing-window-nets

UTR37 SEATING

Only seats manufactured for racing will be allowed. All seats must be securely mounted using minimum 3/8(.375) inch grade 8 hardware. Adjustable track type seats must be securely fastened so as to allow no vertical or lateral motion. If stock VW type seat runners are used, they must be clamped to the floor with a minimum of two (2) U-bolts per rail and have 1" diameter washers on the underside. Head and neck restraints are mandatory. Low back seats are not allowed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVER'S COMPARTMENT

Driver and/or co-driver are to enter and exit the driving compartment unassisted with ease, with the vehicle in any position. The driving compartment must be separated by firewalls or bulkheads from any acids or fuels. The roof shall also be covered with sheet metal or sheet aluminum (minimum thickness .080 inch) covering all areas. No items inside the driving compartment should be a danger to the occupants, and is subject to Technical Director’s approval.

UTR39 DOORS and LATCHES

All vehicles with operable doors must have positive locking mechanisms, and must have a secondary latching device.

UTR40 FIREWALLS

All vehicles must utilize an all-metal firewall to separate the driver's compartment from any dangers. Firewalls will keep occupants protected from, fire from the engine and any fuel supplies, any fluids hot or cold. A minimum firewall must extend from the driver's shoulder height to the vehicle floor and body. Maximum gap around any item is 1/16(.062) inch. If rear mounted safety fuel cell is higher than shoulder height, the firewall must be extended at least two inches above the fuel cell.

UTR41 BALLAST

Any material used for the purpose of adding weight to meet minimum weight requirements, must be properly attached to the vehicle's structure. Any material added to make minimum weight requirements must also have holes drilled in material so that it may be sealed to a non- removable structure member.

UTR42 WEIGHT

Vehicle race weight shall be considered dry weight. (Dry weight is with all fuel tanks drained.) Tools, spare tires, and parts removed, but otherwise the vehicle must be race ready. Some classes are wet weight including driver. Official weight will be considered weight shown on official scales.

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

Floorboards or belly pans are required on all vehicles and must be held on by a minimum of six (6) .25" bolts per side if the floor is not an integral part of the body or chassis. Floorboards must cover the entire area from the front of the pedal assembly to the back of the seat(s) and from outside edge to outside edge on the sides. Floorboards will protect occupants from dust and debris.

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

No hazardous front or rear bumpers, nerf bars, frame ends or other protruding objects from the vehicles are allowed. All ends must be rounded and capped off. All vehicles must be equipped with safe front and rear bumpers.

UTR45 MIRRORS

A rear-view mirror is required on all. Mirrors are subject to Technical Directors approval.

UTR46 SKID PLATES

Skid plates designed to protect the front suspension, steering, and brake components are required on all vehicles. Skid plates must be designed of metal and be securely mounted.

UTR47 STORAGE

All spare parts and extra equipment carried on or in a vehicle must be securely fastened to prevent their movement.

UTR48 FENDERS

Fenders must be securely attached to the vehicle if required. The removal of fenders not damaged during the race, after the race has started, will cause the vehicle to be disqualified.

UTR49 CHASSIS and BODY

All body components shall remain on the vehicle (accidental damage excluded) during the entire event. Body/chassis series must be maintained with body/chassis combinations. as specified in individual class rules.

UTR50 HOSES

All hoses including metal lines and fittings must be securely clamped and/or safety wired in place.

UTR51 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

All vehicles in competition must be identified with the correct vehicle number displayed according to the following rules.

All numbers must be displayed on a contrasting background. Number plate background will be distinguishable from the color of the vehicle.

Sportsman classes must have black numbers on a yellow background.

Unlimited Off-Road Racing assumes no responsibility for scoring vehicles that have unrecognizable identification numbers. It is the driver's responsibility to keep numbers recognizable at all times during the event.

Four-wheel Vehicles

  1. Visible from both sides of the vehicle, one (1) number per side. Numbers must be a minimum of 10" high with a minimum 1" wide stroke.
  2. Visible from the rear, one (1) number. Numbers must be a minimum of 6" high with a 1" wide stroke.
  3. Visible from the front, one (1) number upper left Driver's Side visor area. Numbers must be a minimum of 4" high.
  4. Visible from above, one (1) number. Numbers must be a minimum of 8" high with a 1" wide stroke.

PIT-SUPPORT VEHICLES

All pit-support vehicles will have a minimum 4-inch high white number of race vehicle on both sides of vehicle on side windows, on upper passenger-side corner of front windshield and on rear window. Pit support vehicles must have a current Unlimited Off-Road Racing pit pass attached to lower passenger side portion of the front windshield.

UTR52 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

Advertisements may be displayed on vehicles provided they are in good taste and do not interfere with identification marks.

UTR53 RADIO EQUIPMENT

Race vehicle/support vehicle radio equipment and or broad casts may not at anytime interfere with Race Communications.

UTR54 WORKMANSHIP

All construction, modifications and alterations must be performed in a workmanlike manner. Meet all rules and regulations and is subject to Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

UTR55 TRACKING DEVICE

All vehicles will be mandated to run a GPS tracking/scoring device designated by Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

Last Updated Oct. 10, 2023

UNLTD Off-Road Racing has opened up the availability of motors in all limited engine classes to create a more competitive atmosphere for both performance and pricing.

All of the following motors have been approved by UNLTD Off-Road Racing to compete:

  • Turnkey Engines
  • Redline Performance
  • Wiks Racing Engine
  • Roush Competition Engines
  • Danzio Performance
  • Lozano Performance
  • CBM Motorsports

Sealed GM LS3 or GM 525RLB engine rebuilders:

  • Wiks Racing Engines
  • Roush Competition Engines

Any other engine builders interested please contact us at info@unlimitedoffroadracing.com.

Last Updated Oct. 18, 2023

Last Updated Oct. 18, 2023

Class Rules:

The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

Four-Wheel Drive Unlimited vehicles with truck or SUV body.

Last Updated Dec. 28, 2023

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

Two (2) seat maximum. Three (3) seat vehicles may be allowed on an individual basis with Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Must have a full fendered body that resembles a production truck, SUV or sedan.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Two-Wheel Drive Unlimited vehicles with truck or SUV body.

Last Updated Dec. 28, 2023

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

Two (2) seat maximum. Three (3) seat vehicles may be allowed on an individual basis with Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Must have a full fendered body that resembles a production truck, SUV or sedan.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Unlimited vehicles with truck or SUV body. Drivers over the age of 50.

Last Updated Dec. 29, 2023

DEFINITION

Unlimited Truck, SUV or production sedan for racers over the age of 50.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

Two (2) seat maximum. Three (3) seat vehicles may be allowed on an individual basis with Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Must have a full fendered body that resembles a production truck, SUV or sedan.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Unlimited Two or Four Wheel Drive Open Wheel Vehicle

Last Updated Dec. 29, 2023

DEFINITION

Unlimited four wheel vehicle. Open wheel two or four wheel drive class with no production bodied vehicles allowed.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless unrestricted herein.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

UTR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

UTR18 BATTERIES

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION

UTR27 THROTTLES

UTR28 EXHAUST

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Must be open wheel design. No production bodies allowed.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Unlimited open wheel vehicles

Last Updated Dec. 29, 2023

DEFINITION

Unlimited four wheel vehicle. Open wheel class with no production bodied vehicles allowed. Must be mid or rear engine configuration. Suspension must be independent rear suspension (IRS).

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a limited class and all components will be considered restricted unless unrestricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Must use transaxle. No live or straight axles allowed.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Must be open wheel design. No production bodies allowed.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Unlimited chassis and suspension truck or SUV with limited engine.

Last Updated Dec. 29, 2023

DEFINITION

Unlimited 4 wheel vehicles. Vehicles must have a production appearing Utility or Sports Utility body. Engines limited to approved sealed engines as supplied by Unlimited Off-Road Racing engine suppliers. See Unlimited Off-Road Racing engine builders list.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine must be a GM LS525/525RLB 6.2 Liter or a Ford Ecoboost 3.5 liter V-6. All engines must be sealed and supplied by a Unlimited Off-Road Racing approved builder (see approved engine builder list).

Power steering pump and alternator are open. Any stock oil pan may be used. Oil pan may be modified for fit. No dry sump. Pulleys and belts are open. Must use a stock production ecu. ECU may be reflashed. This is a sealed motor class and engine must be sealed by Unlimited Off-Road Racing before it is installed into vehicle.

If Unlimited Off-Road Racing at anytime during the racing season determines that any engine has an unfair advantage, we may equalize that engine either by a reduction in cc’s, restrictor sizing, turbo boost limits, etc. These changes may be required during the racing season.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Must use turbo 400 transmission. Any aftermarket replacement case may be used. Any under drive may be used.

TR27 THROTTLES

Fly by wire throttle pedals may be used.

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

Straight axle, front engine only.

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Must maintain a production appearing utility or sports utility body.

Stock appearing grill and head light opening must be retained.

Body subject to Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Unlimited chassis and suspension truck or SUV with limited engine, drive train and tire size.

Last Updated Dec. 29, 2023

DEFINITION

Unlimited 4 wheel, 2 wheel drive vehicles. Vehicles must have a production appearing Utility or Sports Utility body. Engines limited to approved sealed engines as supplied by Unlimited Off-Road Racing engine suppliers. See Unlimited Off-Road Racing engine builders list.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Maximum tire size is thirty seven (37) inches.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine is limited to a sealed V8. Only the following engines are permitted; General Motors LS3 430 HP 19301326, or 19370416. Must use LS3 engine control kit 19258270, or 19354328.

Ford 5.0L V8 engine part number M-6007-M50C. Must use engine control kit M-6017-M50B.

Ford 3.5 Ecoboost engine. Must use engine control kit M-6000-35TK

Ford 351 V8 part number M-6007-S374W.

Engines must be obtained and sealed by a Unlimited Off-Road Racing approved engine supplier.(see Unlimited Off-Road Racing

approved engine builder list)

All engines restricted to stock wet sump oil pans. Oil pans may be modified for fit. No dry

sump oil systems allowed.

All engines may use aftermarket fuel rails.

Any water pump, alternator, power steering pump may be used.(No electric water

pumps)

Oil accumulators are allowed.

Any manufacture wiring loam may be used.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Turbo 400 transmission only. Any aftermarket case allowed.

No under/over drives allowed.

Must use ford nine(9) inch style rear differential.

TR27 THROTTLES

If engine is supplied with an electric throttle body a fly by wire throttle pedal must be used.

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

Must have a minimum of two (2) seats. Three (3) seats may be used with pre approval of Unlimited Off-Road Racing technical.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Wheelbase and track width are open.

Must use straight axle rear suspension.

Body must appear as a utility or sports utility body. Bodies are subject to Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Unlimited 4 wheel, single and two seat vehicles. Limited to IRS. No straight axle suspension.

Last Updated Dec. 29, 2023

DEFINITION

Unlimited 4 wheel, single and two seat vehicles. Limited to IRS (Independent rear Suspension) No straight axle suspension.

No production bodied vehicles allowed in this class. Engines must be sealed and supplied by a Unlimited Off-Road Racing approved engine supplier.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class, and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Maximum tire size is thirty-seven (37) inches.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine is limited to a sealed create engine only. All engine components must remain as delivered by the manufacturer.

Only the following engines are permitted:

GM LS3 (525 HP) - Part number 19370413. Open ECU.

GM LS3 430 HP 19370416. Open ECU.

Ford 3.5 Ecoboost engine. Open ECU.

Ford 2.0L EcoBoost (turbo charged) 4-cylinder engine, part number M6007-20T. Open ECU.

Ford 2.3L EcoBoost (turbo charged) 4-cylinder engine. Open ECU.

Engines must be obtained and sealed by a Unlimited Off-Road Racing approved engine supplier. (See Unlimited Off-Road Racing approved engine builder list)

All engines restricted to wet sump oil pans. Oil pans may be modified for fit. No dry sump oil systems allowed.

All engines may use aftermarket fuel rails.

Any water pump, alternator, power steering pump may be used. (No electric water pumps)

LS3 engines may have a replacement high volume wet sump oil pump, timing chain guide may be replaced with upgraded GM chain guide and aftermarket harmonic balancer.

Oil accumulators are allowed.

Any manufacture wiring loam may be used.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

GM LS3 engines may only be rebuilt by:

Wiks Racing Engines

Adam Wik

3265 Birtcher Dr Las Vegas NV 89118

(702) 837-2522 wiksracing@aol.com

Roush

Ron Sharp

12445 Lean Bldg. 6 Livonia, MI 48150

(734) 779-7343 ronald.sharp@roush.com

No other engine rebuilds allowed.

TR26 TRANSMISSION

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Limited Full Size truck or SUV

Last Updated July 20, 2023

DEFINITION

Vehicles built from a full sized 2 or 4 Wheel drive utility or SUV vehicles. Vehicle must have been series produced in quantities of at least 5,000 units within a 12-month period and be readily available to the general public in the U.S.A. Vehicle must be marketed as a full-sized utility, or sports utility vehicle.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Manufacturer’s body, engine, and chassis combinations must be retained. This class is an open production class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Shocks may not protrude through the hood.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine must be of the same manufacturer basic design and type and have the same number of cylinders as the one installed by the manufacturer. Any displacement engine may be used as long as the original block casting remains the same. Block must be made of the same type of material as that of the block that is installed in the vehicle by the manufacturer for the particular chassis and body series. If vehicle is supplied with an aluminum block, only the aluminum block installed in the vehicle by the manufacturer may be used. Engine must be readily available to the general public in the U.S.A.

Any make of automotive carburetor may be used but is restricted to one four-barrel. Stock factory fuel injection may be used.

Items with no restrictions include:

  1. Strengthening and balancing
  2. Valve train and camshaft
  3. Bore and stroke
  4. Pistons
  5. Blueprinting
  6. Oil and water cooling systems
  7. Air cleaners
  8. Fuel pumps
  9. Exhaust system

Water and vapor injection not allowed unless originally equipped.

Engine must be located in the stock mounting location as delivered from the manufacturer ±1". This will be measured from the centerline of the front spindle to the back of the block. Height will be measured from frame rail to centerline of crank.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

DIFFERENTIALS

Rear differentials are open. Must retain straight axle type.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Original wheelbase ±2 inches must be maintained.

Frames may be strengthened by adding material but must retain original stock configuration. No lengthening or narrowing of frame is allowed. No removal of material is allowed. Frame must remain stock length, but may be notched 8 inches (8”) at front of frame for ground clearance as long as top of frame rail is not modified. Rear frame maybe be notched at axle centerline. Total maximum notch length is eight (8) inches, four(4) inches in front of axle centerline and four (4) inches behind axle centerline. Maximum notch height is three and three quarters (3.750)inches, or to the bottom of the top horizontal frame section, whichever is shorter.

Body

Must maintain a production appearing body.

Stock appearing grill and headlight opening must be retained.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Unlimited Ultra4 vehicle.

Last Updated Feb. 23, 2024

https://www.ultra4racing.com/

Unlimited chassis Mini or Mid size truck or SUV. Maximum six cylinder engine.

Last Updated July 20, 2023

DEFINITION

Unlimited chassis and suspension with a truck or SUV body with a limited engine.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine is limited to a maximum of six (6) cylinders. Engine location is open. Any production turbo charged engine may be used as long as engine size does not exceed 3.5L.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

Two (2) seat maximum. Three (3) seat vehicles may be allowed on an individual basis with Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Must have a full fendered body that resembles a production truck or SUV.

Maximum track width is eighty seven(87) inches. Track width is measured from outside of tire to outside of tire at the wheel centerline with vehicle at ride height.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

This class is only available at The Mint 400 and open to all Driver of Records racing in the Unlimited Race on Saturday.

Last Updated Feb. 16, 2024

Unlimited open wheel vehicles with limited engine.

Last Updated Dec. 29, 2023

DEFINITION

Unlimited 4 wheel single and two seat vehicles with a limited engine.

No production bodied vehicles allowed in this class.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Any engine may be used providing:

  1. It is a design that has been series produced in quantities of 5,000 units or more and is readily available to the general public in the U.S.A.
  2. It did not displace more than 2500cc in the stock form.
  3. It retains a maximum of four (4) valves per cylinder. Has no more than four (4) cylinders.
  4. Single seat vehicles must not displace more than:
    1. 1800cc water-cooled eight valve with a single two-barrel carburetor.
    2. 1750cc water-cooled sixteen valve with a single two-barrel carburetor or stock fuel injection. Max throttle body size 58.5mm.
    3. 2200cc four cylinder, push rod, air cooled with one (1) or two (2) carburetors, or stock fuel injection.
    4. Stock production GM Eco-Tech engine. 2.2L or 2.4L. Engine must be sealed by an approved Unlimited Off-Road Racing engine builder.
    5. Ford 2.0L 14-DI-TIVCT engine. Engine must be sealed by an approved Unlimited Off-Road Racing engine builder.
  5. Two seat vehicles must not displace more than:
    1. 1900cc water-cooled eight valve with a single two-barrel carburetor.
    2. 1850 water-cooled sixteen valve with a single two-barrel carburetor or stock fuel injection. Max throttle body size 58.5mm.
    3. 2400cc four cylinder, push rod, air cooled with one (1) or two (2) carburetors, or stock fuel injection.
    4. Stock production GM Eco-Tech engine. 2.2L or 2.4L. Engine must be sealed by an approved Unlimited Off-Road Racing engine builder.
    5. Ford 2.0L 14-DI-TIVCT engine. Engine must be sealed by an approved Unlimited Off-Road Racing engine builder.
  6. It is not a rotary-piston engine.

Single and two seat vehicles may use one carburetor providing:

  1. It retains a maximum of two (2) ventures per carburetor.
  2. Maximum allowable venturi size is 42mm.
  3. Carburetor(s) must be of the production automotive type.
  4. Four cylinder, push rod, air cooled motors may use two (2) carburetors.

Fuel injection is stock with the following restrictions:

  1. Intake manifold must remain as delivered by the manufacture. It will retain it’s stock shape, size, and configuration. No porting or other modifications. Ports may be matched to heads, but matching may not exceed .250 inches (1/4 inch) deep. Manifold must be the unit that was installed and delivered on the engine by the original manufacture. Only U.S.A. delivery fuel injection is allowed. Manifold must be installed and sold on production vehicles that are sold for highway use in the U.S.A. and be readily available to the general public.
  2. Throttle body must be production (OEM) type readily available to the general public in the U.S.A.

If Unlimited Off-Road Racing at anytime during the racing season determines that any particular brand or make of engine has an advantage, we may equalize that engine either by a reduction in cc’s or the use of a restrictor. These changes may be required during the racing season.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

No production bodied vehicles allowed in this class.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Unlimited Baja Bug

Last Updated July 20, 2023

DEFINITION

Vehicles must be based off a VW type-1 sedan hardtop or convertible, 181 Safaris, 900 series Porsche, Karmann Ghias, or VW type-2 and type-3. Must retain Baja Bug appearance.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Front and rear suspension systems may be modified or replaced as long as stock concept (trailing-arms, swing-axles, IRS, etc.) is retained and wheelbase limit is not exceeded. Vehicle suspension support system (torsion bars, torsion leafs, springs, etc.) is open.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

No center steering.

TR16 BRAKES

Brakes are open. Turning brakes are allowed.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Any displacement normally aspirated four(4) cylinder air cooled engine allowed.

Any production water cooled normally aspirated four(4) cylinder engine with a maximum displacement of 2.5L is allowed.

All non air cooled engines must be inspected and sealed by an Unlimited Off-Road Racing approved engine builder.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

No turbo or superchargers allowed.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

Single or two seats are allowed. No center seating.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

Front and rear firewalls required. Interior sheet metal may be removed, exterior appearance must be retained. Pedals may be of any manufacture, but must be mounted on left side of the vehicle.

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must remain stock shape, size, and configuration. Doors may be welded or fastened closed. Fiberglass side panels and windshield frames are allowed.

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Front and rear fenders must be used. Front fenders may be one-piece fiberglass. Rear fenders must not measure less than 6 inches from body, measured at top center of fender. Rear fender mounting height is open. Rear fenders must have rolled edges but may be made of ant material.

Body must resemble Baja Bug.

Steel body and doors must be retained. Hard body vehicles must retain steel roof. Convertible bodies must retain windshield frame. Stock floor pan maybe cut, modified, or replaced.

Maximum wheelbase is 105 inches plus or minus 1/2(.50) inch.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Unlimited UTV. Maximum engine size 2000CC N/A, 1000cc Turbo

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

DEFINITION

Two seat vehicles or Polaris RS1 vehicles. Maximum engine size 2000cc.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an unlimited class and all components will be considered unlimited unless unrestricted herein.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

UTR5 FIRST AID KIT

UTR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

UTR7 HORNS

UTR8 REFLECTORS

UTR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

UTR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Maximum track width as measured outside of tire to outside of tire at ride height is eighty (80) inches.

Wheelbase is restricted to 135 inches maximum.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Must have one shock per wheel in working condition at start of event.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Wheel diameter is fifteen (15) inch maximum.

Maximum tire size is 35x12.5.

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

Power steering is open. Steering or turning brakes allowed.

UTR16 BRAKES

Open

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

UTR18 BATTERIES

Batteries and locations are open. All batteries mounted in the driver’s compartment must be sealed enclosure. All batteries must be securely mounted. Battery shut off switch is required.

UTR19 LIGHTS

All vehicles must have a minimum of two (2) taillights and two(2) brake lights. Tail and brake lights must be 3 inch in diameter. All UTV's must also have two (2) additional rear facing safety lights. One (1) solid amber, one(1) flashing amber, one(1) solid blue, and one(1) flashing blue. All safety lights must be LED with a minimum of 2000 lumens output. All safety lights must be wired directly to the battery switch. All lights must be mounted 48 inches from the ground minimum. Safety lights must be on at all times. Vehicles without working safety lights will not be allowed to leave the starting line or pass through a check point. All light subject to Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Maximum engine displacement is 2000cc normally aspirated, 1000cc forced induction.

Motorcycle, snowmobile and UTV engines may be used.

No automotive engines allowed.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION/DIFFERENTIAL

UTR27 THROTTLES

UTR28 EXHAUST

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

Open

UTR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

UTR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Open.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Race seats only. All stock seats must be removed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

Metal firewalls protecting occupants from fire, fuel, and liquids are required. Metal firewalls, steel or aluminum must be .040 thick minimum. Any pass-through holes required must be keep to a minimum.

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

No opening doors allowed. All door openings must be braced with 1.5x.095 tubing minimum. All door openings must be covered with metal .060 thick minimum.

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Safe front and rear bumpers required. No shape corners or hazardous protrusions.

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Open.

Roof must be covered with sheet metal .060 thick minimum.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Limited UTV, Turbo Charged & Normally Aspirated

Last Updated Feb. 29, 2024

DEFINITION

Two seat vehicles built using a production two or four seat UTV and Polaris RS1 vehicles. Any manufacture UTV may be used providing the model used has been series produced in a minimum of 1000 units within a twelve(12) month period. Maximum turbo charged engine displacement is 1000cc. Normally aspirated maximum engine size is 2000cc.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a limited class and all components will be considered restricted unless unrestricted herein.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

UTR5 FIRST AID KIT

UTR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

UTR7 HORNS

UTR8 REFLECTORS

UTR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

UTR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Must retain stock pivot points as delivered by the manufacturer. Suspension pivot points may be reinforced but must remain in stock location. All pivot points will be used as designed by the manufacturer. No pivot points may be added or removed.

Suspension components may be of any manufacturer, must bolt to stock pivot points.

Suspension joint type open i.e ball joint, rod end, spherical bearing.

Maximum track width as measured outside of tire to outside of tire at ride height is eighty (80) inches.

Wheelbase is restricted to stock plus eight (8) inches.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Limited to one shock per wheel in working condition at the start of the event. No external bypass shocks as of January, 1st 2025.

Stock shock mounts may be reinforced or replaced. Shock mounting position is open.

Solid bump stops only. No air/hydraulic bump stops allowed.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

No secondary suspension allowed.

Sway bar links are open.

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Wheel diameter is fifteen(15) inch maximum.

Maximum tire size is 35x12.5x15.

Vehicle race number must be stamped on all wheels. Minimum stamp size is ¼” (.250) inches.

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

Power steering is open. No steering or turning brakes allowed.

UTR16 BRAKES

Open

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

UTR18 BATTERIES

Batteries and locations are open. All batteries mounted in the driver's compartment must be in a sealed enclosure. All batteries must be securely mounted. Battery shut off switch is required.

UTR19 LIGHTS

All vehicles must have a minimum of two (2) taillights and two(2) brake lights. Tail and brake lights must be 3 inch in diameter. All UTV's must also have two (2) additional rear facing safety lights. One (1) solid amber, one(1) flashing amber, one(1) solid blue, and one(1) flashing blue. All safety lights must be LED with a minimum of 2000 lumens output. All safety lights must be wired directly to the battery switch. All lights must be mounted 48 inches from the ground minimum. Safety lights must be on at all times. Vehicles without working safety lights will not be allowed to leave the starting line or pass through a check point. All light subject to Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Maximum turbo charged engine displacement is 1000cc.

Normally aspirated maximum engine size is 2000cc.

Engine must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

No engine parts may be modified or replaced.

Air cleaners, air cleaner tubes, fuel injectors, header pipes, mufflers and clutches are open.

Fuel pumps, fuel regulators, and fuel filters are open.

Engine must remain in stock location.

Stock ECU must be retained, tuning allowed.

Optional engine sealing will begin in Nevada, California and Arizona beginning Jan 1, 2024.

By January 1st 2025, engines must be sealed by an Unlimited Off-Road Racing approved engine sealer.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION/DIFFERENTIAL

Transmission/gear box cases must remain stock. Internal modifications open.

All vehicles are required to have a functional reverse gear.

Front and rear differential cases must remain stock.

Side covers and axle flanges are open.

UTR27 THROTTLES

Stock throttle body as delivered by the manufacturer must be retained.

UTR28 EXHAUST

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

Open

UTR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

Open

UTR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

UTR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Turbochargers and their components must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Vehicles not turbocharged by the manufacturer are allowed to use turbo kits approved by Unlimited Off-Road Racing.

All approved kits must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer and all components must be used as delivered.

Contact Unlimited Off-Road Racing for an approved kit list.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

Stock production roll cages are not allowed.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Race seats only. All stock seats must be removed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

Metal firewalls protecting occupants from fire, fuel, and liquids are required. Metal firewalls, steel or aluminum must be .040 thick minimum. Any pass through holes required must be kept to a minimum.

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

No opening doors allowed. All door openings must be braced with 1.5x.095 tubing minimum. All door openings must be covered with metal .060 thick minimum.

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Safe front and rear bumpers required. No sharp corners or hazardous protrusions.

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Open. Frame rails may be reinforced, but stock length and width must be retained. All frames and bodies subject to Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

Roof must be covered with sheet metal .060 thick minimum.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Vehicles built using production UTV's. Engines must be normally aspirated.

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

DEFINITION

One or two seat vehicles built using a production UTV. Any manufacture UTV may be used providing the model used has been series produced in a minimum of 1000 units within a twelve(12) month period. Maximum engine size 1000cc.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a limited class and all components will be considered restricted unless unrestricted herein.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

UTR5 FIRST AID KIT

UTR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

UTR7 HORNS

UTR8 REFLECTORS

UTR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

UTR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Must retain stock pivot points as delivered by the manufacturer. Suspension pivot points may be reinforced but must remain in stock location. All pivot points will be used as designed by the manufacturer. No pivot points may be added or removed.

Suspension components may be of any manufacturer, must bolt to stock pivot points.

Suspension joint type open i.e ball joint, rod end, spherical bearing.

Maximum track width as measured outside of tire to outside of tire at ride height is eighty (80) inches.

Wheelbase is restricted to stock plus eight (8) inches.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Limited to one shock per wheel in working condition at the start of the event. No external bypass shocks.

Stock shock mounts may be reinforced or replaced. Shock mounting position is open.

Solid bump stops only. No air/hydraulic bump stops allowed.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

No secondary suspension allowed.

Sway bar links are open.

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Wheel diameter is fifteen(15) inch maximum.

Maximum tire size is 33x12.5x15.

Vehicle race number must be stamped on all wheels. Minimum stamp size is ¼” (.250) inches.

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

Power steering is open. No steering or turning brakes allowed.

UTR16 BRAKES

Open

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

UTR18 BATTERIES

Batteries and locations are open. All batteries mounted in the driver's compartment must be in a sealed enclosure. All batteries must be securely mounted. Battery shut off switch is required.

UTR19 LIGHTS

All vehicles must have a minimum of two (2) taillights and two(2) brake lights. Tail and brake lights must be 3 inch in diameter. All UTV's must also have two (2) additional rear facing safety lights. One (1) solid amber, one(1) flashing amber, one(1) solid blue, and one(1) flashing blue. All safety lights must be LED with a minimum of 2000 lumens output. All safety lights must be wired directly to the battery switch. All lights must be mounted 48 inches from the ground minimum. Safety lights must be on at all times. Vehicles without working safety lights will not be allowed to leave the starting line or pass through a check point. All light subject to Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Maximum engine displacement is 1000cc.

Engine must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

No engine parts may be modified or replaced.

Air cleaners, air cleaner tubes, fuel injectors, header pipes, mufflers and clutches are open.

Fuel pumps, fuel regulators, and fuel filters are open.

Engine must remain in stock location.

Stock ECU must be retained, tuning allowed.

Optional engine sealing will begin in Nevada, California and Arizona beginning Jan 1, 2024.

By January 1st 2025, engines must be sealed by an Unlimited Off-Road Racing approved engine sealer.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION/DIFFERENTIAL

Transmission/gear box cases must remain stock. Internal modifications open.

All vehicles are required to have a functional reverse gear.

Front and rear differential cases must remain stock.

UTR27 THROTTLES

Open

UTR28 EXHAUST

Open

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

Open

UTR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

Open

UTR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

UTR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Engines must be normally aspirated.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

Stock production roll cages are not allowed.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Race seats only. All stock seats must be removed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

Metal firewalls protecting occupants from fire, fuel, and liquids are required. Metal firewalls, steel or aluminum must be .040 thick minimum. Any pass through holes required must be kept to a minimum.

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

No opening doors allowed. All door openings must be braced with 1.5x.095 tubing minimum. All door openings must be covered with metal .060 thick minimum.

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Safe front and rear bumpers required. No sharp corners or hazardous protrusions.

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Open. Stock lower frame rail must be retained. Frame rails may be reinforced, but stock length and width must be retained. All frames and bodies subject to Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

Roof must be covered with sheet metal .060 thick minimum.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Stock production UTV. Vehicles built using a stock Turbo or NA UTV. Maximum engine size 2000cc N/A, 1000cc Turbo charged.

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

DEFINITION

Single or two seat vehicles built using a production UTV. Any manufacturer UTV may be used providing the model used has been series produced in a minimum of 1000 units within a twelve (12) month period. Maximum engine size 2000cc N/A, 1000cc turbo charged. Stock production body parts required.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a Stock Production class, and all components will be considered Stock Production unless unrestricted herein. If the rules herein don’t say that you can do it, you CAN’T do it and it will be deemed illegal. Manufacturers body, engine, transmission, chassis, and drive train components must be retained.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

UTR5 FIRST AID KIT

UTR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

UTR7 HORNS

UTR8 REFLECTORS

UTR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

UTR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Must retain stock pivot points as delivered by the manufacturer. Suspension pivot points may be reinforced but must remain in stock location. All pivot points will be used as designed by the manufacturer. No pivot points may be added or removed.

Suspension components must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer, material may be added for strengthening purposes only.

Ball joints may be of any manufacturer.

Sway Bars must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer, or can be removed.

Sway bar links are open.

Aftermarket radius/tie rods may be used, stock length must be retained.

Stock track width must be retained, plus or minus two inches.

Maximum track width as measured outside of tire to outside of tire at ride height is eighty (80) inches.

Wheel bearings are open.

Axles/CV joints are open.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Shocks may be of any manufacturer, but must mount in the stock location.

Limited to one shock per wheel in working condition at the start of the event. No external bypass shocks.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

Not allowed.

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Wheel diameter is fifteen (15) inch maximum.

Maximum tire size is 35x12.5x15.

Wheel studs are open.

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

Steering box, knuckles, and spindles must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer. No aftermarket.

Center steer allowed only on single seat vehicles.

Tie rods are open.

Steering wheel open.

UTR16 BRAKES

Must remain stock OEM brake calipers.

Rotors are open.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

Must remain stock OEM coils, alternator, stator and voltage regulators.

UTR18 BATTERIES

All batteries must be securely mounted. Battery shut off switch is required.

UTR19 LIGHTS

All vehicles must have a minimum of two (2) taillights and two(2) brake lights. Tail and brake lights must be 3 inch in diameter. All UTV's must also have two (2) additional rear facing safety lights. One (1) solid amber, one(1) flashing amber, one(1) solid blue, and one(1) flashing blue. All safety lights must be LED with a minimum of 2000 lumens output. All safety lights must be wired directly to the battery switch. All lights must be mounted 48 inches from the ground minimum. Safety lights must be on at all times. Vehicles without working safety lights will not be allowed to leave the starting line or pass through a check point. All light subject to Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

Pump gas only - 93 octane maximum. No race fuel.

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

Stock tank in stock location or Fuel cell in any location.

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Maximum engine displacement is 1000cc turbo charged, 2000cc N/A.

Engine must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

No engine parts may be modified or replaced.

Air cleaners, air cleaner tubes are open.

Clutches must remain stock. Springs and weights are open.

Clutch housing cooling inlet and outlet tubes (snorkels) may be modified or replaced.

Production OEM differentials only.

No aftermarket sheaves, sliders or rollers.

Primary and secondary clutches must remain 100% stock.

Clutch ducting is open.

Fuel pumps, fuel regulators, fuel filters and fuel rails are open.

Fuel rails must be made of metal.

Engine must remain in stock location.

Stock ECU must be retained, tuning allowed.

Intake ducting is open.

Boost tube, intake tube and BOV must remain stock OEM.

Optional engine sealing will begin in Nevada, California and Arizona beginning Jan 1, 2024.

By January 1st 2025, engines must be sealed by an Unlimited Off-Road Racing approved engine sealer.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION/DIFFERENTIAL

Transmission must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Bearings may be changed, but must be stock dimensions. No ceramic or hybrid bearings allowed.

Use of a retainer plate is allowed.

High gear spacers are allowed.

UTR27 THROTTLES

UTR28 EXHAUST

Must remain stock OEM header and muffler.

Tail pipe open.

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

Must remain stock OEM.

UTR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

Additional coolers allowed. Additional radiator may be used, stock radiator in the stock location must be used.

UTR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

UTR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Turbochargers and their components must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

Aftermarket roll cage required. No stock cages.

A-pillar support tube mandatory.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Race seats only. All stock seats must be removed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVER'S COMPARTMENT

Any gauges, switches, GPS are allowed.

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must be securely closed.

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Safe front and rear bumpers required. No shape corners or hazardous protrusions.

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

Open

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Stock chassis as delivered by the manufacturer is required.

Two (2) or four (4) seat chassis are allowed. Additional tubes and gussets are allowed if approved by UNLTD tech before construction.

Stock grill, dash, hood, front fenders, rear fenders and bed must be used.

Minimal trimming allowed on bed for spare tire mount.

Roof must be covered with sheet metal .060 thick minimum.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Purpose built SPEC race truck, 4 cylinder engine, SPEC suspension, parts and bodies.

Last Updated Oct. 10, 2023

https://trophylite.com/

Limited two(2) or three(3) seat mini or mid-sized vehicle. Engine is limited to sealed SPEC.

Last Updated Oct. 10, 2023

DEFINITION

Unlimited 4 wheel 2 or 3 seat vehicles. Vehicles using a transaxle must be open wheel. Vehicles using a straight axle rear end must be a production appearing body. Engines are limited.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Shock body is limited to a 3-1/2(3.50) inch maximum diameter.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Maximum tire size is limited to 35 inches.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engines are limited to a maximum of four(4) cylinders. Open wheel transaxle vehicles are limited to stock production GMC EcoTec 2.2L, 2.4L, or 2.5 L engines. All engine components must remain stock as delivered from the manufacturer.

Full fendered truck or SUV, live axle vehicles limited to stock production Ford 2.3L Ecoboost, GMC 2.0L, or 2.7L turbo EcoTec engines. All engine components must remain stock as delivered from the manufacturer.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

All transmissions must be production based. Automatic or manual transmissions may be used.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Turbo chargers must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

Two (2) seat maximum. Three (3) seat vehicles may be allowed on an individual basis with Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Maximum wheelbase is 118 inches. Vehicles using a live axle must have a full body appearing as a truck or SUV. Body must match engine manufacture.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Limited Open Wheel Vehicle

Last Updated July 20, 2023

DEFINITION

Limited 4 wheel single and two seat vehicles with trailing arm front suspension. Limited engine.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Front Suspension

Front suspension limited to VW type-1 beam/trailing arm configuration.

Beam and trailing arms may be of any manufacture.

Spindles may be of any manufacture.

All dimensions are open.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

VW type-1 air cooled engine with the following restrictions:

  1. Maximum two valves per cylinder.
  2. Single Seat vehicles limited to 1776cc maximum.
  3. Two seat vehicles limited to 1835cc maximum.
  4. One production automotive type carburetor with a maximum of two venturies.

Maximum venturi size is 42mm.

Low compression engine option

VW type-1 air cooled engine with a maximum compression of 9.0:1.

Single seat limited to 2110cc maximum.

Two seat limited to 2276cc maximum.

Bore and Stroke open.

Single Weber 44 IDF or EMPI HPMX 44 carburetor.

Maximum ventri size is 34mm.

Individual tube manifolds only. No plenum manifolds allowed.

Maximum intake runner tube size 1.750(1 3/4) inch OD.

OEM End Castings only, May be modified.

Any manufacturer VW head allowed.

Two(2) valves per cylinder.

Cam, valves, valve springs, and lifters are open.

Any non-roller rockers and rocker shafts allowed.

Ignition system open.

All engines must be mounted to the rear of the transmission.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Open

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

Minimum weight 1500 pounds.

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Limited chassis, limited engine open wheel vehicle.

Last Updated July 20, 2023

DEFINITION

Limited 4 open wheel single and two seat vehicles. Engine limited to 1600cc VW type-1 air cooled engine.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Front Suspension

Front suspension is based on VW Type 1 ball joint or link pin style. Any manufacturer’s beam of two (2) steel torsion tubes may be used but must remain stock VW width. Front axle torsion tube centers may be cut, rotated and rewelded to increase ground clearance. Torsion adjusters are allowed. Tube vertical center spacing is open. Any manufacturer’s torsion bars are allowed.

Front trailing arms (torsion arms) may be reinforced or replaced as long as stock VW width and length are retained. Suspension limiters are allowed. Spindles, link pins, ball joints, and shock mounting locations are open.

Front suspension track width will be measured from wheel mounting face to wheel mounting face; the maximum width is 55.75 inches.

Rear Suspension

Rear suspension is based on VW Type 1 IRS or swing axle. IRS swing arms may be modified or replaced for strengthening purposes as long as stock VW IRS swing arm length is retained 1". The stock VW dimension between the centerline of the rear torsion housing to the centerline of the rear stub axle (16.250") must be retained 1". Outboard bus reduction gears are allowed. Any manufacturer’s axle assemblies are allowed as long as original VW type suspension is retained, this includes the use of “micro stub hubs”. Rear torsion tube may be additionally supported or replaced but must remain steel and retain stock VW width. Torsion adjusters are allowed. A single torsion bar per wheel of any manufacture is allowed. Torsion bars must remain inside the torsion housing. Torsion bars must be connected to the trailing arm with steel spring plates of any manufacture.

Rear suspension track width must not exceed a maximum of 58.250 inches as measured wheel mounting face to wheel mounting face. CV joint mounting face to CV joint mounting face must not exceed 47.375 inches, as measured at ride height. The entire outer CV must remain inboard of the trailing arm inner bearing.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

No limit on the number of shock absorbers and sizes of shock absorbers. No air or coil over shocks allowed.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

No secondary suspension is allowed.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Any rims allowed that will mount directly on VW drums. No wheel spacers allowed.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

Steering system is open. Any tie rod and tie rod ends are allowed.

TR16 BRAKES

Any type and manufacture brake may be used as long as all other rules are adhered to. Turning brakes allowed.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

Battery ignition only, no magnetos. Six or twelve volt systems may be used. Any manufacturer’s distributor may be used. Any VW type alternator or generator system in the stock location may be used.

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

Rear facing blue light is required.

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine must utilize VW series type 1, 1600cc, U.S. Model sedan components and dimensions. The maximum allowable engine displacement is 1600cc as delivered from the factory.

Engine Case

Any VW type 1,2,3 or "universal" case is allowed. The following modifications may be made to the stock case:

  1. The case may be align bored.
  2. The case may be drilled and tapped for oil pressure and/or temperature sending units.
  3. The case may be machined to allow the installation of a crank pulley seal.
  4. Case savers may be installed.
  5. Cylinder seating surface may be machined.
  6. Early case oil galleries (8mm) may be enlarged to the dimensions of the universal case (10mm).
  7. Threaded oil gallery plugs are allowed.

Oil Pump

Any manufacturer's oil pump is allowed. No deep sumps, dry sumps, or sump alterations. Windage trays are allowed. The use of any oil bypass pistons and springs are allowed.

Fuel Pump

Any combination of stock fuel pump or electric pump may be used. Any fuel filters and fuel pressure regulators may be used.

Pistons

Pistons must be stock 3 ring only. Pistons and cylinders may be any manufacture as long as original stock dimensions are maintained. Any type wrist pin retainers. Piston assemblies may be statically balanced to the equivalent weight in grams of the lightest original non balanced piston, wrist pin, etc.

Crankshaft

Crankshaft must be stock VW. Crankshaft may be balanced. Crankshaft maximum journal re-sizing is limited to .030" undersize. No polishing or lightening of crankshaft is allowed. Any crankshaft gear is allowed. Any manufacturer's engine bearing may be used as long as the stock dimensions are maintained. Power pulleys are allowed. Pulleys may be balanced. Sand seals may be used. Any VW flywheel may be lightened and balanced. Flywheels may be eight dowel pinned and any gland nut and washer may be used. No aluminum flywheels are allowed. Any manufacturers clutch disc or pressure plate allowed but must retain original stock VW diameter. Clutch and pressure plate may be balanced. Connecting rods may be statically balanced, but not polished or profiled. Balanced weight of the connecting rods in grams should be equivalent to the lightest original non balanced stock rod. Connecting rods may be of any manufacture but must retain stock dimensions. Minimum rod weight is 580 grams.

Heads

Heads may be U.S. sedan stock single port or dual port or their equivalent. Heads may be flycut for clean up. No porting or polishing is allowed. Only dual port heads from Brazil, part number 040 101 375 2, 040 101 375 13, 040 101 375 19, MOFOCO head PN# MFC-CCHO40 or stock OEM heads will be allowed.

Intake manifold is restricted to a stock 34mm original equipment center section or its replacement . A 1½-inch (1.500) long by half-inch (.500) diameter tube may be weld two inches below carburetor flange. A maximum of a ¼ inch (.250) may be removed from each end of the center section for clearance. A slip tube with a 1 5/8 inch (1.625) diameter, two inches (2.000) long may be welded to the end of the runners to allow the use of a better hose connection. No porting or polishing.

End castings must be original equipment VW, with VW logo and part numbers. No porting, polishing, or matching of ports allowed. Balancing slot may be welded close. Vacuum hole may be plugged. A 34mm to 30 mm carburetor adapter must be used. The only carburetor adapter that is allowed is the EMPI part number 98-1293-B.

Camshaft, Valves, Lifters, and Rocker Arm(s)

Any camshaft, camshaft gear, valve spring retainers, valve springs or lifters are allowed. Valve spring seat diameter, in head, must remain stock VW. Valves must be stock 45 degrees. One piece valve are allowed. Valve guides may be steel, bronze or cast iron. Valve guide seals are allowed. No grinding or polishing in the port including valve guides. Any camshaft may be used which will allow the use of the standard stock VW 1600cc rocker arm(s). The rocker arm(s) may be resurfaced to permit the use of swivel feet or similar devices. No other grinding or changes to the rocker arm(s) are permitted. No roller or needle bearings will be allowed as part of the camshaft or as an interface between the rocker arm(s) and the camshaft. Push rods and push rod tubes may be of any manufacturer. Rocker arm valve adjustment screws and wave washers may be of any origin. Clips on rocker arms may be wire tied. Valve covers may be of any manufacture.

Fan Shroud

Aftermarket fan shrouds are allowed. Heater tubes are optional.

Carburetor

Air cleaner location is optional and may be of any manufacture. Velocity stacks may be used as long as they are not welded or bonded to the carburetor. Stock VW carbure¬tors 30 PICT 1, 2, or 3 or the Solex H-30-PIC replacement must be used. Maximum venturi size of carburetor is 24.10 mm. No internal modifications in the carburetor venturi or throttle blade area are allowed. This includes no removing of parts, no grinding, polishing, or filing. Intake manifolds must be stock VW. Intake manifolds may be cut to allow for head modifications. No chemical milling of manifold or carburetors. Automatic choke housing may be removed. Choke plate and shaft may be removed. Electric needle valves are optional. The stock float bowl vent may be moved and/or plugged. An external float bowl vent may be incorporated. Any air and main jet may be used.

Restrictor plates

Single seat restrictor plates are 24.0mm. Two (2) seat restrictor plates are 27.0mm. Carburetor stud must be drilled to allow wiring of restrictor plate. Restrictor plates only can be the only item installed between the carburetor and the intake manifold or adaptor. Provisions for safety wiring the carburetor and the intake manifold to prevent removal of the restrictor plate must be provided. All restrictor plates are sized, numbered, and anodized and may not be altered or tampered with in any way.

Low Compression Engine Option

1600cc maximum displacement with 8 to 1 compression ratio, must use same heads as high compression engine with same valve size and no porting at all. Stock VW end castings with VW part numbers must be used, no polishing allowed. An EMPI or WEBER 40 or 44 idf carb may be used and tube style intake manifold, No Plenum Manifolds allowed. Must use maximum 25mm venture for two seat and a maximum 24mm venture for single seat. Restrictor not required on low compression engines. This is a pump gas only engine option with a maximum of 91 Octane.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Must be stock VW type 1 or 2 transaxle housing. Any internal or external modifications to housing are allowed. No more than four (4) forward speeds are allowed. Any gear ratio combinations but only VW type gears (helical cut gears) may be used. Any internal modifications are allowed. May use aftermarket side covers.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

Any oil cooler is allowed. Location is optional. Full flow systems allowed. No deep sumps or dry sumps will be allowed.

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

Minimum dry weight 1550 pounds.

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Identical to Jeepspeed Outlaws but with open class specific exceptions.

Last Updated Oct. 10, 2023

https://www.jeepspeed.com/

Jeep or Dodge sport utility vehicles and light trucks with original frame.

Last Updated Oct. 10, 2023

https://www.jeepspeed.com/

Open production full sized or mini truck. Must have production steel body.

Last Updated July 27, 2023

DEFINITION

Production mini or full size truck. Production steel body and doors must be used.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

All transmissions must be production based. Automatic or manual transmissions may be used.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

Front and rear firewalls, and floor may be modified. Must remain metal.

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Must retain stock production body. Interior material may be removed or replaced. Doors must remain production steel and open and close on stock hinges.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Production mini or full-size truck. Production steel body and doors must be used.

Last Updated Oct. 10, 2023

DEFINITION

Production mini or full-size truck. Production steel body and doors must be used. Must be leaf spring rear suspension.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Rear suspension must be full leaf spring. Leaf spring must be hard mounted at forward end, shackle mounted are rear mount. Spring length and rate is open.

No quarter elliptical springs allowed.

Front suspension is open.

Front suspension A-arms, I-beams, struts, etc. must attach to stock frame rails and cross members.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

Secondary suspension not allowed.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Maximum tire size 37 inches.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Six cylinder and four-cylinder engines are allowed forced induction.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

Front and rear firewalls, and floor may be modified. Must remain metal.

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Stock frame rails must be used. Frame rails may be cut, modified, stepped, rewelded, and/or reinforced. Stock frame width plus or minus (+-) one inch must be retained. Cross members are open.

Must retain stock production body. Interior material may be removed or replaced. Doors must remain production steel and open and close on stock hinges.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Modified stock production UTV. Vehicles built using a stock Turbo or NA UTV.

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

DEFINITION

Single or two seat vehicles built using a production UTV. Any manufacture UTV may be used providing the model used has been series produced in a minimum of 1000 units within a twelve (12) month period. Maximum engine size 1000cc. Stock production body parts required.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a Modified Production class, and all components will be considered Stock Production unless unrestricted herein. Manufactures body, engine, transmission, chassis, and drive train components must be retained.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

UTR5 FIRST AID KIT

UTR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

UTR7 HORNS

UTR8 REFLECTORS

UTR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

UTR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Must retain stock pivot points as delivered by the manufacturer. Suspension pivot points may be reinforced but must remain in stock location. All pivot points will be used as designed by the manufacturer. No pivot points may be added or removed.

Suspension components may be of any manufacturer, must bolt to stock pivot points.

Suspension joint type open i.e ball joint, rod end, spherical bearing.

Maximum track width as measured outside of tire to outside of tire at ride height is eighty (80) inches.

Wheelbase is restricted to stock plus eight (8) inches.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Limited to one shock per wheel in working condition at the start of the event. No external bypass shocks.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

No secondary suspension allowed.

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Wheel diameter is fifteen (15) inch maximum.

Maximum tire size is 33x12.5x15.

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

Steering box is open, must mount in stock location. Stock mounting may be reinforced. Tie rods are open.

UTR16 BRAKES

Open.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

UTR18 BATTERIES

All batteries must be securely mounted. Battery shut off switch is required.

UTR19 LIGHTS

All vehicles must have a minimum of two (2) taillights and two(2) brake lights. Tail and brake lights must be 3 inch in diameter. All UTV's must also have two (2) additional rear facing safety lights. One (1) solid amber, one(1) flashing amber, one(1) solid blue, and one(1) flashing blue. All safety lights must be LED with a minimum of 2000 lumens output. All safety lights must be wired directly to the battery switch. All lights must be mounted 48 inches from the ground minimum. Safety lights must be on at all times. Vehicles without working safety lights will not be allowed to leave the starting line or pass through a check point. All light subject to Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Stock tank in stock location or fuel cell in any location.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Maximum engine displacement is 1000cc.

Engine must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

No engine parts may be modified or replaced.

Air cleaners, air cleaner tubes, fuel injectors, header pipes, mufflers and clutches are open.

Fuel pumps, fuel regulators, and fuel filters are open.

Engine must remain in stock location.

Optional engine sealing will begin in Nevada, California and Arizona beginning Jan 1, 2024.

By January 1st 2025, engines must be sealed by an Unlimited Off-Road Racing approved engine sealer.

Clutch housing cooling inlet and outlet tubes (snorkels) may be modified or replaced.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION/DIFFERENTIAL

Axle lengths are open. CV’s are open.

UTR27 THROTTLES

UTR28 EXHAUST

Open.

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

Additional coolers allowed.

UTR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

UTR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Turbochargers and their components must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

Stock production roll cages are not allowed.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Race seats only. All stock seats must be removed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must be securely closed.

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Safe front and rear bumpers required. No shape corners or hazardous protrusions.

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Stock chassis must be used, May be reinforced.

Stock grill, hood, and front and rear fenders must be used.

Roof must be covered with sheet metal .060 thick minimum.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Stock production UTV. Vehicles built using a stock Turbo or NA UTV.

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

DEFINITION

Single or two seat vehicles built using a production UTV. Any manufacturer UTV may be used providing the model used has been series produced in a minimum of 1000 units within a twelve (12) month period. Maximum engine size 1000cc. Stock production body parts required.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a Stock Production class, and all components will be considered Stock Production unless unrestricted herein. If the rules herein don’t say that you can do it, you CAN’T do it and it will be deemed illegal. Manufactures body, engine, transmission, chassis, and drive train components must be retained.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

UTR5 FIRST AID KIT

UTR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

UTR7 HORNS

UTR8 REFLECTORS

UTR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

UTR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Must retain stock pivot points as delivered by the manufacturer. Suspension pivot points may be reinforced but must remain in stock location. All pivot points will be used as designed by the manufacturer. No pivot points may be added or removed.

Suspension components may be of any manufacturer, must bolt to stock pivot points.

Suspension joint type open i.e ball joint, rod end, spherical bearing.

Maximum track width as measured outside of tire to outside of tire at ride height is eighty (80) inches.

Wheelbase is restricted to stock plus eight (8) inches.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Limited to one shock per wheel in working condition at the start of the event. No external bypass shocks.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

No secondary suspension allowed.

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Wheel diameter is fifteen (15) inch maximum.

Maximum tire size is 33x12.5x15.

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

Tie rods are open.

UTR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

UTR18 BATTERIES

All batteries must be securely mounted. Battery shut off switch is required.

UTR19 LIGHTS

All vehicles must have a minimum of two (2) taillights and two(2) brake lights. Tail and brake lights must be 3 inch in diameter. All UTV's must also have two (2) additional rear facing safety lights. One (1) solid amber, one(1) flashing amber, one(1) solid blue, and one(1) flashing blue. All safety lights must be LED with a minimum of 2000 lumens output. All safety lights must be wired directly to the battery switch. All lights must be mounted 48 inches from the ground minimum. Safety lights must be on at all times. Vehicles without working safety lights will not be allowed to leave the starting line or pass through a check point. All light subject to Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Stock tank in stock location or Fuel cell in any location.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Maximum engine displacement is 1000cc.

Engine must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

No engine parts may be modified or replaced.

Air cleaners, air cleaner tubes, fuel injectors, header pipes, mufflers and clutches are open.

Fuel pumps, fuel regulators, and fuel filters are open.

Engine must remain in stock location.

Optional engine sealing will begin in Nevada, California and Arizona beginning Jan 1, 2024.

By January 1st 2025, engines must be sealed by an Unlimited Off-Road Racing approved engine sealer.

Clutch housing cooling inlet and outlet tubes (snorkels) may be modified or replaced.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION/DIFFERENTIAL

Transmission must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Bearings may be changed, but must be stock dimensions. No ceramic or hybrid bearings allowed.

Use of a retainer plate is allowed.

High gear spacers are allowed.

Axle lengths are open.

UTR27 THROTTLES

UTR28 EXHAUST

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

Additional coolers allowed. Additional radiator may be used, stock radiator in the stock location must be used.

UTR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

UTR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Maximum turbo size is 40mm.

Turbochargers and their components must remain stock as delivered by the manufacture.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

Stock production roll cages are not allowed.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Race seats only. All stock seats must be removed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must be securely closed.

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Safe front and rear bumpers required. No shape corners or hazardous protrusions.

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Stock grill, hood, and front and rear fenders must be used.

Roof must be covered with sheet metal .060 thick minimum.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Limited Mini or Mid size truck or SUV Sportsman

Last Updated Feb. 14, 2024

DEFINITION

Vehicles built from a two (2) or four (4) wheel drive mini or mid-sized pickup/SUV. Vehicle must have been series produced in quantities of at least 5000 units within a 12-month period and be readily available to the general public in the U.S.A. Vehicle must be marketed as mini or mid-sized pickup/SUV.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Manufacturer’s body and chassis combinations must be retained. Engine must be same manufacturer as body and chassis. This class is a stock production class and all components must remain stock except those modifications allowed herein. If the rules herein don’t say that you can do it, you CAN’T do it and it will be deemed illegal.

Front suspension is open.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Front Suspension

Front suspension must retain the original stock concept (AArm, MacPherson Strut, IBeam, etc.). Suspension support systems are open (leaf, coil, torsion bars, etc.). Front suspension components may be modified, reinforced, or replaced. Front suspension pivot points are open. Pivot points may be modified, reinforced, replaced, and relocated. Spring buckets may be modified or removed. Frame notching for steering or spring clearance must be keep to a minimum and is subject to Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval.

Front and rear track width is open.

Rear Suspension

Rear suspension must utilize a straight axle differential housing. rear suspension is leaf spring only. Spring mounting is open as long as frame rules are followed. No rear frame modifications allowed. Rates and capacities of springs open. Two (2) single point antiwrap up bars or a single wishbone may be used on the rear differential.

Rear wheel travel is limited to 18 inches maximum.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Shocks and location open. No remote mounted shocks.

Air shocks not allowed.

Bump stops open.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

No secondary suspension.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Wheels and wheel studs are open. Maximum tire size is 35 inches.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

Steering box must remain stock as delivered from the manufacturer. Steering box mounting may be reinforced by adding material but must remain in the stock location.

Steering parts (tie rods, tie rods ends, idler arms, pitman arms, relay rods and turning arms) are open.

Steering column may be modified or replaced. Steering speeders or quicken boxes are open.

Any manufacturer’s steering wheel may be used. Steering wheel must remain in stock location pulse or minus three(3.0) inches.

TR16 BRAKES

Open.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

Vehicles with a displacement of 3.0L or more must retain stock ECU. Programming is open.

TR18 BATTERIES

Battery and location is open.

TR19 LIGHTS

Lighting is open.

TR20 STARTERS

Open.

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory. Fuel cell may be sunk into bed. Rear cross member may be modified or replaced in order to sink fuel cell.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine may be one delivered in the vehicle by the manufacturer/importing distributor with a maximum of six (6) cylinders. Any other production engine of the same manufacturer/importing distributor may be used providing:

  1. It retains a maximum of six (6) cylinders as originally produced by the manufacturer.
  2. It retains the same number of camshafts.
  3. It retains the same number of valves per cylinder.
  4. It does not displace more than 4300cc.
  5. It retains stock production block and heads.

Engine must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Engine must retain stock intake manifold, stock EFI, stock components(pistons, crank, rods, etc.).

Oil and water cooling are open. Radiator must remain in stock location. Air cleaners are open. Fuel pumps are open. Exhaust systems are open.

Engine must be mounted in the stock location plus or minus one(1.0) inches. Engine location is measured from front spindle centerline to back of block. Height is measured top of frame to crank centerline.

Any stock production engine not displacing more than 2999cc and have more than six(6) cylinders may be used. As long as it meets the following requirements:

  1. Engine block and heads have a stock factory part number.
  2. Retains same number of valves as originally produced by the manufacture.
  3. Is available to the general public in the U.S.A.

Any make of automotive carburetor(s) or fuel injection may be used maintaining a combined total of not more than one venturi per cylinder.

Items with no restrictions include:

  1. Strengthening and balancing
  2. Valve train and camshaft
  3. Pistons
  4. Blueprinting
  5. Oil and water-cooling systems, but radiator must remain in stock location.
  6. Air cleaners
  7. Fuel pumps
  8. Exhaust system

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Any manufacture OEM transmission allowed. No under/over drives allowed. Shifter open.

Differential

Front differential must retain original stock differential as delivered by the manufacturer.

Materials may be added for strengthening purposes only.

Rear axle housing is open, but must remain stock concept. Gear ratios, carriers, axles,

and floating hubs are optional.

No knockoff hubs are allowed

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

Race seats required. Seats must be in stock location plus or minus three(3) inches.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

Open. Pedals must remain in stock location.

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must remain stock and operate on stock hinges as delivered from the manufacturer. Positive latching secondary door latches are required.

TR40 FIREWALLS

Stock firewalls must be retained as delivered from the manufacture. Holes allowing for the routing of fluid lines, electrical, and roll cage must be keep to a minimum. Holes must be drilled to minimize the area open around the item penetrating the firewall. Any holes not used in firewall must be sealed with metal.

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

Vehicle dry weight is 3250 pounds minimum.

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Bumpers are open.

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Body

Manufacturers specified chassis and body combination must be retained. Bodies may be updated but must remain the same series as the frame. Front and rear fenders, hoods, and rear bed sides are open but must remain in stock location. Front and rear fenders, hoods, and rear bedsides may be made of any material. Body must maintain the original shape, size, configuration and appearance. Additional mounts or parts for body strengthening may be added. Body mounts may be modified. Mounting location (vertical, horizontal, lateral) in relation to frame and mounting method on frame must remain original stock. The measurement from the centerline of the front spindle to the back of the B Pillar post must retained stock ±1". Tailgates and bed front bulkheads are optional. Stock grills are required. Safety glass windshields, side, and rear glass are optional.

Chassis

Manufacturers specified chassis and body combination must be retained. Original wheelbase must be maintained plus or minus two(2.0) inches. Frame must remain stock shape, size and configuration as delivered by the manufacturer. Material may be added for strengthening. Frame may not be lengthened or narrowed. Frame may be cut for front overhang clearance a maximum of eight(8.0) inches. Top of frame rail must remain stock.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Jeep and Dodge vehicles that maintain the original appearance and profile.

Last Updated Oct. 10, 2023

https://www.jeepspeed.com/

Short wheel base Jeeps with 6 Cylinder and 4 cylinder engines.

Last Updated Oct. 10, 2023

https://www.jeepspeed.com/

4600: Stock Class

Last Updated Feb. 23, 2024

Limited Baja Bug

Last Updated July 20, 2023

DEFINITION

Vehicles must be a VW sedan type 1 hardtop or sunroof as delivered from the factory. vehicle must have the external appearance of a “Baja Bug”. no convertibles, Karman Ghias, 181 Safari’s, Variants or Super Beetles.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a stock production class and all components must remain stock except for those modifications allowed herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Front and rear suspension components are limited to stock VW production type 1 parts unless otherwise stated within.

FRONT SUSPENSION

Front suspension may use either VW type 1 ball joint or king and link pin only. Front axle torsion tube centers may be cut, rotated, rewelded or torsion adjusters added. Any manufacturer’s torsion bars are allowed. Any beam of two steel torsion tubes may be used but must retain stock width. Front torsion tubes may be additionally supported by attachment to floor pan and/or roll cage. Original seams may be reinforced. Front trailing arms may be reinforced or replaced as long as stock VW width and length are retained. Spindles, link pins, ball joints, and upper shock mounting locations are open. Lower shock mount may be moved or replaced as long as it stays on the lower trailing arm. Sway bars may be removed. Front suspension track width will be measured from wheel mounting face to wheel mounting face and the maximum width is 55.75 inches.

REAR SUSPENSION

Rear suspension is based on VW type 1 IRS or swing axle. Rear torsion tubes may be additionally supported by attachment to the floor pan and/or roll cage.

IRS trailing arms may be modified or replaced as long as stock measurement is 16.250 plus or minus 1 inch as measured from center of torsion to center of axle. any manufacturers axle assemblies are allowed as long as VW type suspension is retained, this includes the use of micro stub hubs.

Rear shock tower may be removed to body mounting bolt hole only. Torsion adjusters are allowed. Original wheel base must be retained. Torsion bars must be connected to the trailing arm with steel spring plates of any manufacture. Rear suspension track width must not exceed a maximum of 58.250 inches as measured from wheel mounting face to wheel mounting face. CV joint mounting face to CV joint mounting face must not exceed 47.375” inches as measured at ride height. The entire outer CV must remain inboard of the trailing arm inner bearing. May convert existing swing axle suspension to IRS by welding in any manufacturers pivot boxes to torsion housing in stock location while maintaining stock geometry.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Any manufacturer’s shocks and sizes are allowed. Cooling fins and/or reservoirs allowed. One shock per wheel in the front. Two shocks per wheel in any location in the rear. No air or coil-over shocks allowed. No hydraulic bump stops allowed.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

No secondary suspension allowed.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Any tire and wheel are allowed that will mount directly on VW drums. No wheel adapters allowed. Spare tire may be relocated anywhere inside body

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

Steering box may be of any origin. Any steering wheel in the stock location. Any tie rod and tie rod ends allowed. Power steering ok.

TR16 BRAKES

Disk brakes ok.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

Battery ignition only, no magnetos. Six or twelve volt systems may be used. Any distributor may be used. Any VW type alternator or generator in the stock location may be used

TR18 BATTERIES

Number of batteries and their location is open.

TR19 LIGHTS

Open

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

Safety fuel cells are required. Fuel cell may be relocated from stock location. Any size fuel cell is allowed.

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine must utilize VW series type 1, 1600cc, U.S. model sedan components and dimensions. The maximum allowable engine displacement is 1600cc as delivered from the factory.

ENGINE CASE

Any VW type 1, 2, 3 or “universal” case is allowed. The following modifications may be made to the stock case:

  1. The case may be line bored
  2. The case may be drilled and tapped for oil and temp sending units
  3. The case may be machined for crank pulley seal
  4. Case savers may be installed
  5. Cylinder seating surface may be machined
  6. Oil galleries may be enlarged to 10mm
  7. Threaded oil gallery plugs allowed
  8. Oil squirters allowed
  9. Case may be full flowed

OIL PUMP

Any oil pump is allowed. No deep sumps, dry sumps, or sump alterations. Windage trays allowed. Any oil bypass piston and spring allowed. No accusump systems allowed.

FUEL PUMP

Any combination of stock fuel pump or electric pump may be used. Any fuel filter and pressure regulator may be used.

PISTONS

Pistons must be stock 3 ring only. Any piston and cylinder as long as original stock dimensions are maintained. Any type wrist pin keepers. Piston assemblies may be balanced to the weight in grams of the lightest original non balanced piston, wrist pin. Total Seal rings are ok.

CONNECTING RODS

Any VW aftermarket connecting rod is allowed as long as the rods are stock VW length (5.393) and stock weight with a 500 gram minimum with one (1) rod untouched. No polishing or profiling of rods.

CRANKSHAFT

Crankshaft must be stock VW. Crankshaft may be balanced. Maximum journal size is limited to .030” undersize. No polishing or lightening. Any gear is allowed. Any engine bearing is allowed as long as stock dimensions are maintained. Power pulleys are allowed. Pulley may be balanced. Sand seals ok. Any VW flywheel may be lightened and balanced. No aluminum flywheels. Any clutch disk and pressure plate but must retain stock VW diameter.

HEADS

Heads must be U.S. sedan stock single port or dual port or their equivalent. Only dual port heads 
with the following numbers will be allowed. 040101375 2, 040101375 13, 040101375 19 or 
Autolenia heads or stock OEM heads will be allowed. The MOFOCO replacement heads with a 
part# (MFC-CCH040) will be allowed. Heads may be fly cut for clean up. No porting or polishing. 
Stock intake 34mm original equipment center section or its replacement. A 1 inch by 1.5 inch long by 1/2 inch tube may be welded 2 inches below the carburetor flange. A minimum of material may be removed from the end of the tube for clearance. A 1 5/8 X 2 inch long slip tube may be welded to the end of the runners for use of better hose connection. End castings must be original equipment VW, with the VW logo and part numbers. Balance slot may be welded closed. Vacuum hole may be plugged.

CAMSHAFT, LIFTERS, VALVES, ROCKER ARMS

Any camshaft, gear, valve springs, valve spring retainers, lifters are allowed. Valve spring seat diameter in head must remain stock. Valve guide may be steel, bronze, or cast iron. No grinding or polishing in the port including valve guide. Any camshaft, gear, valve spring retainers, lifters are allowed. Beehive springs allowed, Valve spring seat diameter in head must remain stock. May use any valve but must be stock 45 degrees and stock dimensions and 8mm stem size. no titanium valves allowed. Must use stock VW 1600 rocker arms. The rocker arms may be resurfaced to permit the use of swivel feet. No other grinding or changes may be made to the rocker arms. No roller or needle bearings will be allowed as part of the camshaft or as an interface between the rocker arms and the camshaft. Any push rods and push rod tubes. Any valve adjusters allowed. Valve covers may be of any manufacture.

FAN SHROUD

Aftermarket VW fan shrouds are allowed.

CARBURETOR

Stock VW carburetor 30 pict 1, 2, 3 or the Solex h-30-pic replacement must be used. Maximum venturi size is 24.10mm. Velocity stacks may be used as long as they are not bonded to the carburetor. No internal modifications are allowed. This includes no removing of parts, no grinding, polishing, or filing. Intake manifolds must be stock. No chemical milling of manifold or carburetor. Choke housing may be removed. The stock float bowl vent may be plugged and relocated. Any air and main jet may be used. A 34mm to 30mm carburetor adapter must be used.

Low compression engine option

1600cc maximum displacement and 8 to 1 compression ratio, must use same heads as high compression engine with same valve size and no porting at all. Stock VW end castings with VW part numbers must be used, no polishing allowed. An EMPI or WEBER 40 or 44 idf carburetor may be used and tube style intake manifold, No Plenum Manifolds allowed. Must use a maximum 26mm venturi. This is a pump gas only engine option with a maximum of 91 octane.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Must be stock VW type 1 or 2 transaxle housing with internal modifications only. No more than four forward speeds are allowed. Any internal modifications allowed. Any gear ratio combinations allowed but only VW type gears (helical cut gears) may be used. Must have a working reverse gear. Any gear shift lever allowed. Rear frame horns may be modified for CV joint clearance as long as it does not exceed below seam. Any CV joint and axle assemblies.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

Any exhaust allowed.

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

Any oil cooler allowed with the location optional. Full flow system is allowed. No deep sumps or dry sumps will be allowed

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

Any seat allowed but must remain in stock location. Rear seat may be removed. If stock seats are used they must have at least two u-bolts per runner,

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

Rear seat, upholstered panels, headliners, and carpet may be removed. Removal of dash and firewall is prohibited. Dash may be covered with aluminum to install gauges. Pedals must remain in stock fore and aft location. May use roller pedal. May use any throttle cable and VW stock housing. Air cleaner hose may pierce firewall for such things as oil lines, etc.

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must remain functional and in original stock location with original hinges and working latch. Secondary positive latching devices mandatory if net are attached to doors.

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

Serial numbers are required on the floor pan. No alteration to pan allowed except for heating, bending, or cutting of pan. 1” to allow for tie rod clearance. Frame head may be interchanged from early to late or late to early.

TR44 BUMPERS

Nerf bars may be added to the sides in front of the rear wheels.

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

Any type front and rear skid plate allowed. Any engine guards allowed

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Original wheel base must be maintained. Body must be VW type 1 bug or sunroof bug. No convertibles, Ghia’s, 181 Safari’s, Variants or Super Beetles. Main boy shell must be all original. Sunroofs must have metal covering. No fiberglass body or doors. Front and rear sheet metal can be removed far enough to allow a Baja Bug kit. Running boards may be removed. One piece front end allowed. No canvas hoods allowed. No lift kits.

Fenders must be stock Baja Bug kit fenders. Rear fenders may be of any manufacturer. Medal fenders require rolled edges. Rear fenders may be mounted a maximum of 1.5” above the body line as measured at the top of the fender. Minimum width of 6” as measured from the center line of the rear wheel. Rear fender wells may be modified or removed .5” below stock fender holes. Rear package trays must remain in stock location and remain stock size. If fender well is removed the resulting hole must be covered air tight with the same thickness as the material removed.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Vintage Trucks, Buggies and Heavy Metal Vehicles built/raced before and including 1995.

Last Updated July 20, 2023

DEFINITION

Vintage Trucks, Buggies and Heavymetal vehicles built/raced before and including 1995.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is designed for Race vehicles that were built and or raced before and including 1995 that have been updated with more modern equipment.

Absolutely no “Trophy Truck” or “Trick Truck” or Live axle “Truggys” allowed - No exceptions.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

All cars must have a blue light on the rear of the car.

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Buggies: Any number of shocks allowed, Bi-Pass and Coil Overs are allowed.

Trucks and Heavymetal: Any number of shocks allowed, Bi-Pass and Coil Overs are allowed.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Buggies: Any tire and wheel combo allowed - 39 inch max tire size.

Trucks and Heavymetal: Any tire and wheel combo allowed - 39 inch max tire size.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

Buggies: Fuel injection is allowed.

Trucks and Heavymetal: Fuel injection is allowed.

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Buggies: Any engine allowed.

Trucks and Heavymetal: Any motor allowed.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Buggies: Any transmission allowed except sequential transmissions.

Trucks and Heavymetal: Any transmission allowed.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Buggies: No turbos or superchargers allowed.

Trucks and Heavymetal: No turbos or superchargers allowed.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Buggies: Any chassis that was built and or raced to and including 1995.

Trucks and Heavymetal: All trucks must have a factory frame that reaches to the most rear of the cab. Back halfing is allowed.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Race cars 1989 and older.

Last Updated July 21, 2023

DEFINITION

All cars must be 1989 and older.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is for race cars and trucks that were built and or raced up to and including 1989. Absolutely no “Trophy Truck” or “Trick Truck” or Live axle “Truggys” allowed - No exceptions.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

All cars must have a blue light on the rear of the car.

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Buggies: Bi-pass shocks and/or coil over are allowed and any number.

Trucks and Heavymetal: Bi-pass shocks and/or coil over are allowed and any number.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Buggies: Any tire and Wheel combo allowed. Max tires size is 35”.

Trucks and Heavymetal: Any tire and wheel combo allowed. Max tires size is 35”.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Buggies: Must be period correct. No LSs or ecotech motors.

Trucks and Heavymetal: Must be period correct. Ford Chassis runs Ford motor. Chevy Chassis run Chevy moto. Etc...

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Buggies: Must be period correct. No sequential shifting allowed.

Trucks and Heavymetal: Must be period correct.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Buggies: Any chassis that was built up to and including 1989.

Trucks and Heavymetal: Any model and year up to and including 1989. Must have stock factory frame rails from front bumper to rear bumper. No back halfing. Trailing arms and link bars are allowed. Must have metal cab and metal working doors.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Race cars 1982 and older.

Last Updated July 21, 2023

DEFINITION

All cars must be 1982 and older.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

The idea of this class is to maintain the original builds. There are exceptions to the below rules. If your car was originally raced with equipment other than stated in the rules and can be proven, exceptions will be made.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

All cars must have a blue light on the rear of the car.

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Buggies: Front beam 6 in over max. Front trailing arms 2 1/2 in over max. Any spindle OK. Rear trailing arms are limited to 3×3 max. CV’s can be 930s.

Trucks and Heavy Metal: Must be era correct, as the rules applied prior to 83. If it was raced as a leaf spring car, it must have leaf springs. If it had A- arms and coils, it must so have.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Buggies: No coil-over or bi-pass shocks allowed unless the car was originally raced with coil overs. (I.E. Mickey Thompson Challenger IV.) No air bump stops of any kind.

Trucks and Heavy Metal: ONE (1) Bi-pass shock per wheel of 2.5 max my be used. If you use a bi-pass, you are limited to ONE (1) shock per wheel. If you use conventional shocks, you can use any number of shocks per wheel. No coil over shocks allowed.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

Buggies: Any torsion bars allowed but no secondary torsions or secondary suspension of any kind.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Buggies: Max tire size 35 in.

Trucks and Heavy Metal: Max tire size 35 in.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

Buggies: Disc brakes allowed.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Buggies: Type 1 VW air cooled max 3.0.

Trucks and Heavy Metal: Must use original manufacture motor. (I.E. AMC must use AMC engine. FORD must use FORD and so on.) No modern engines allowed. (LS1s and so forth). No fuel injection of any kind.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Buggies: Any VW trans allowed - Type 1, 2, 4. No Mendiola or Hewland boxes allowed.

Trucks and Heavy Metal: Must be of OEM type.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Buggies: Max wheelbase of 110 in

Trucks and Heavy Metal: Includes class 3,4,6,7,8.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

M400 will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Zero one rental car program.

Last Updated July 20, 2023

https://zero1offroad.com/zero1racing/

Stock Production Mini or Mid size truck or SUV.

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

DEFINITION

Vehicles built from a two or four-wheel drive mini or mid-sized pickup & SUV. Manufacturer’s stock wheelbase must be retained. Vehicle must have been series produced in quantities of at least 6000 units within a 36-month period. There must be a minimum of 5000 series vehicles sold to the general public in the U.S.A. within a 36-month period. Vehicles must be marketed as a mini or mid-sized pickup and be readily available to the general public in the U.S.A

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a stock production class. If the rules herein don’t say that you can do it, you CAN’T do it and it will be deemed illegal. All components must remain stock as delivered from the manufacturer unless otherwise stated within. Manufacturer’s body, chassis, engine, transmission, and differentials must be retained. Parts offered for sale from the same OE manufacturer, with an OE part number, for the same model, as dealer installed accessories, over the counter accessories, or performance parts are considered original equipment.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Springs rates are open but must be mounted to the vehicle using the manufacturers stock mounting locations. Spring spacers are allowed.

Front and rear suspension components must remain stock manufacturer, shape, size and configuration as originally produced and installed on the chassis to which it is attached. All suspension components must remain in the original stock locations and retain the original stock mounting methods. All components will be original manufacturers design and remain stock as delivered from the manufacturer.

A-arms, I-beams, and front axles must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer of the chassis to which it is attached, unless specifically stated otherwise herein. All suspension components must remain stock size, shape, and configuration as delivered by the manufacturer, no additional material allowed unless otherwise stated herein. Stock pivot points must be retained. Rubber bushings may be replaced with bushings of any material, but must remain stock size and shape.

Ford specific: For model years 1998 thru 2002 the upper right two-piece A-arm may be replaced with a one-piece A-arm part number 2L5Z-3084-BA.

No welded washers are allowed on any suspension component, pivot point, or any suspension mounting position with the exception of the specific areas addressed under suspension components.

Vehicles with radius arm brackets that have a stock cross member attached to the bracket and the frame, must use the stock cross member as delivered from vehicle manufacturer. Cross member may not be modified or reinforced in any manner. The cross member may only attach in the original stock mounting holes in the bracket and frame. Only vehicles equipped from the factory with a radius arm cross member may use a horizontal cross member between the radius arm brackets. Any attachment of a cross member or plate for any purpose, including skid plate bracket, to any other radius arm bracket is not allowed.

Ford-specific: The main engine cross member center I-beam pivot point may have one washer, maximum of the same thickness of the original pivot point thickness, welded to one side only of the pivot point.

Ford-specific: The radius arm bracket may have a plate spot-welded onto the back of the bracket where the radius arm passes through the bracket. The plate may be only 3/8(.375) inch thick maximum and may extend around the existing radius armhole 5/8(.625) inch maximum. You may only spot weld the washer in place, you may not weld entirely around the washer. The spot weld may only be long enough as what is needed to hold the washer in place without it falling. A washer welded to the front of the radius arm bracket is prohibited.

Specific permitted component changes:

  1. Toyota a-arm vehicles may use manufacturer-stock T-100 series spindles.
  2. Ford I-beam vehicles may use back dated manufacturer’s stock I-beams for the same model of vehicle (Ranger to Ranger). Front and rear springs must remain in the stock locations and retain original stock concept (leaf, torsion, and coil). Spring rates are open.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

One shock per wheel. Mounting method is open, no remote mounted shocks. Shocks may be of any design or manufacture.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

No secondary suspension allowed. Front and rear bump stops are allowed. Bump stops limited to four(4.0) inches of travel.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Any manufacturer’s wheel allowed. Any tire manufacture allowed. Maximum tire size is 37 inches diameter. Wheel studs are open.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

Steering box or rack and pinion must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer and in the stock mounting location.

Steering parts (tie rods, tie rod ends, idler arms, pitman arms, relay rods and turning arms) must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Power steering pump may be of any manufacture.

Power assist is limited to stock as delivered.

Steering Wheel airbags must removed.

Any manufacturer steering wheel may be used.

Steering column shaft may be replaced. Minimum 3/4(.750) inch diameter.

TR16 BRAKES

No turning braked allowed.

ABS may be removed. Brake pads are open. Brake lines may be modified or replaced.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

Ignition must remain stock. Spark plugs are open.

TR18 BATTERIES

Battery and location open.

TR19 LIGHTS

Lights may be of any manufacture.

Headlight and tail light opens must remain stock.

Rear facing amber and blue light required.

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory. Must be mounted on top of bed or trunk floor.

All stock fuel tanks must be removed.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine must be of the same manufacturer basic design and type with a maximum of six (6) cylinders, or the engine must be listed by the manufacturer/importing distributor as an option for the particular chassis and body series of the vehicle. Engine predating and updating are permitted within the vehicles chassis and body series if listed as an option by the manufacturer. Engine must be available to the general public in the U.S.A. Maximum engine displacement is 4300cc.

Engine must retain stock block and must be made of the same type of material as that of the block that is delivered by the manufacturer for the particular chassis and body series of the vehicle.

Any stock head may be used provided it is offered by the manufacturer as an option or as a replacement for highway use for the vehicle that it is installed in. Head may be used as long as the following applies:

  1. Retains original number of camshafts.
  2. Has no more than two (2) valves per cylinder. If the stock production head has more than two valves, and no more than 4 cylinders, as delivered by the manufacturer for the particular chassis and body series of the vehicle available to the general public in the U.S.A. it may be used.
  3. Has a stock factory part number.
  4. Is readily available through the manufacturers dealer network.

Any make of automotive carburetor(s) or stock factory fuel injection may be used maintaining a combined total of not more than one venturi per cylinder. Any manufacture manifold for carbureted motors allowed.

Engine internal parts are open.

Dry sump oil systems not allowed.

Engine must be located in the stock mounting location as delivered from the manufacturer ±1". This will be measured from the centerline of the front spindle to the back of the block. Height will be measured from frame rail to center of crank.

Engine accessories (power steering pump, alternator, ignition, air cleaner, etc.) are open. Fuel pumps are open.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Shifters are open.

Differentials

Front and rear differentials must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer. Gear ratios and carriers are open. Front and rear straight axle differentials may have material added for strengthening purposes only. IFS differentials (traction beam, etc.) may not add material for any reason. IFS may use a bolt on skid plate to protect the front differential housing only. The skid plate may not reinforce the differential in any way.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

Radiator must remain in stock location. Oil and transmission coolers are open.

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

Racing seats mounted in the approximate stock location may be used. Stock seat mounts if used must be reinforced.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

Dash must retain stock appearance. Ashtrays, glove box, etc. may be removed.

Aftermarket gauges in any location may be used.

Air conditioning and heating units may be removed.

Door panels, headliners, visors, rear seats, and carpets may be removed. Stock pedals in the stock locations are required.

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must remain stock and operate on stock hinges as delivered from the manufacturer. Positive latching secondary door latches are required.

TR40 FIREWALLS

Stock firewalls must be retained as delivered from the manufacture. Holes allowing for the routing of fluid lines, electrical, and roll cage must be keep to a minimum. Holes must be drilled to minimize the area open around the item penetrating the firewall.

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

Minimum weight must be retained. Minimum weight is curb weight as delivered and stated by the manufacturer.

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Stock bumpers not required.

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

Skid plates and their mounting plates may not reinforce or strengthen in any way.

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Body

Body chassis combinations must be retained as delivered by the manufacture. No predating or updating frame rails is allowed.

Fender wheel openings may be enlarged a maximum of two(2.0) inches. Front fenders and rear fenders or bedsides must remain stock. Any fender flares may be added. Flares and wheel openings must meet Unlimited Off-Road Racing approval. Fenders must be stock and retain appearance and location.

Front inner fender panels must be retained with minimum modifications for shock installation.

Body must retain stock shape, size, appearance and configuration. Additional material or mounts for body strengthening is allowed. Mounting location (vertical, horizontal, and lateral) must remain stock in relationship to the frame and must retain stock mounting method. The measurement from the back of the b-pillar post to the centerline of the front spindle must remain stock. A maximum of a 3-inch body-lift may be utilized. The blocks must be made of a non-crushable material that will not deform during competition.

Internal body structural members must remain intact. Holes may be placed for the placement of roll cage, fluid lines, or electrical.

Pickup bed floors must remain intact except for the material removal required for sinking the fuel cell.

Hoods, trunk lids, doors, and bedsides must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer. Tailgates are optional. Hoods, fenders, and tailgates may be upgraded to the latest available update for that series of vehicle body and chassis combination.

Stock front grill assemblies are required.

Safety glass windshields, rear and side glass is optional.

Chassis

Original stock frame configuration must be retained. Lengthening or narrowing of frame is not allowed. Adding or removing of material is not permitted. Damaged areas of the frame may be plated with the same thickness of metal as that of the original frame. The plate area may only be as large as required to cover the damaged area and to allow for the welding of the plate to a non-damaged area of the frame.

All repairs must meet with the approval of Unlimited Off-Road Racing. Photographic evidence of the damaged frame may be required for approval of repair work. Technical director must approve repairs before repairs are done.

The frame at rear bump stop centerline directly over the differential may be reinforced. Reinforcement may either be a terminal role cage end, or boxing plates not exceeding six(6.0) inches.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Stock Production Full size truck or SUV

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

DEFINITION

Vehicles built from a full sized 2 or 4 wheel drive utility or SUV type vehicle. Vehicle must have been series produced in quantities of at least 5000 units within a 12-month period and be readily available to the general public in the U.S.A. Vehicle must be marketed as full size. Vehicle must be currently produced within the last five(5) model years.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Manufacturer’s body, engine, transmission, differentials, and chassis combinations must be retained. This class is a stock production class and all components must remain stock except those modifications allowed herein. If the rules herein don’t say that you can do it, you CAN’T do it and it will be deemed illegal. No predating or postdating of any component allowed unless offered by the manufacture as a direct replacement part.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Front and rear suspension must be of the same manufacture, shape, size and configuration as originally produced and installed on the chassis to which it is mounted. All suspension components will remain in the original stock locations and original stock mounting methods maintained. All components will be original manufacturer’s design and must be stock as delivered from the manufacturer. No material may be added. No reinforcement of stock pivot points.

Aarms, Ibeams, and front axles must remain stock as delivered on the chassis to which it is mounted. Suspension parts must remain stock shape, size, and configuration as delivered from the manufacturer. Stock pivot points must be retained. Front and rear springs must remain in stock locations and retain original stock concept (leaf, coil, torsion). Rates and capacities of springs are open. Stock front and rear track must be retained plus or minus(+or-) one(1) inch.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

One (1) shock per wheel, mounted in stock location as delivered by the manufacturer is allowed.

Shock body limited to a 3.5 inch maximum diameter. Must be productions shocks readily available to the general public only.

No air shocks allowed.

Stock production dump stops as installed by the manufacture only.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

Secondary suspension not allowed.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Wheels and wheel studs may be of any manufacture.

Maximum tire size 37 inches. DOT tires only.

TR14 FASTENERS

Fasteners must remain stock material. Any fastener may be upgraded with steel grade 8.

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

Steering box must remain stock as delivered from the manufacturer. Steering box must be mounted in the stock location.

Steering parts (tie rods, tie rods ends, idler arms, pitman arms, relay rods and turning arms) must remain stock as delivered from the manufacturer.

Stock power steering pump as delivered by the manufacture in the stock location only.

Any manufacturer’s steering wheel may be used. Stock steering shaft may be replaced.

TR16 BRAKES

Turning or steering brakes are not allowed.

Brake calipers, rotors, master cylinders must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer. Brake pads are open.

ABS maybe be removed or disconnected.

Brake lines may be modified or replaced.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

All electronics must remain stock. Wiring may be added for aftermarket components( lighting, radio, GPS, etc).

TR18 BATTERIES

Battery of any manufacture in any location allowed.

TR19 LIGHTS

Stock head and tail lights must be retained in working condition at all times.

Rearward facing amber and blue lights are required.

Any manufacture additional lights may be used.

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

Fuel cell must be mounted on top of bed floor. Minimum size hole for fuel lines may be cut in bed floor.

Fuel cell capacity limited to 44 gallons maximum.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Any engine delivered in, or offered as an option by the manufacturer may be used.

Engine must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Engine must remain in the stock location, using stock engine mounts.

Air cleaner must remain stock.

Fuel pumps must remain stock as delivered my manufacture.

Exhaust must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

All smog equipment must remain as delivered.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Transmission must remain as delivered by the manufacture or be a factory replacement for model year of the vehicle.

Any shifter may be used.

DIFFERENTIALS

Front and rear differentials must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer. Gear ratios and carriers are open. Front and rear straight axle differentials may have material added for strengthening purposes only. IFS differentials (traction beam, etc.) may not add material for any reason. IFS may use a bolt on skid plate to protect the front differential housing only. The skid plate may not reinforce the differential in any way.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

Radiator must remain in stock location.

Stock coolers only. No additional cooler may be used.

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Only vehicles delivered with forced induction from the manufacture are allowed force induction.

All forced induction components( turbochargers, inner coolers, etc) must remain stock as delivered from the manufacturer.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

Dash and related components must retain stock. Minimum size holes may be cut for roll cage installation.

Aftermarket gauges in any location may be used.

Air conditioning and heating units may be removed.

Door panels, headliners, visors, rear seats, and carpets may be removed. Stock pedals in the stock locations are required.

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must remain stock and operate on stock hinges as delivered from the manufacturer. Positive latching secondary door latches are required.

Windows and roller assemblies must remain in their stock location.

TR40 FIREWALLS

Stock firewalls must be retained as delivered from the manufacture. Holes allowing for the routing of fluid lines, electrical, and roll cage must be keep to a minimum. Holes must be drilled to minimize the area open around the item penetrating the firewall.

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

Minimum weight must be retained. Minimum weight is curb weight as delivered and stated by the manufacturer.

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Stock unmodified bumpers required.

Bush guards and lights may be attached to the bumper.

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Manufacturer's body chassis combinations must be retained. No predating or updating chassis or bodies.

Fender openings must remain stock. Inner fender panels may be removed.

Frame must remain stock as delivered. No removal or adding of material.

Body must retain stock shape, size, appearance and configuration. Additional material or mounts for body strengthening is allowed. Mounting location (vertical, horizontal, and lateral) must remain stock in relationship to the frame and must retain stock mounting method. The measurement from the back of the b-pillar post to the centerline of the front spindle must remain stock.

Internal body structural members must remain intact. Holes may be placed for the placement of roll cage, fluid lines, or electrical.

Pickup bed floors must remain intact. Minimum size holes maybe cut for roll cage installation.

Hoods, trunk lids, doors, and bedsides must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Tailgates are optional. Hoods, fenders, and tailgates may be upgraded to the latest available update for that series of vehicle body and chassis combination.

Stock front grill and headlight assemblies are required.

Safety glass windshields, rear and side glass must be retained.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Unlimited Vehicle Sportsman Class.

Last Updated July 20, 2023

DEFINITION

Unlimited 4 wheel single and two seat vehicles. This is a no points, no championship class. Any driver that has been Driver of Record in any other class will be eligible to compete in this class. Unlimited Off-Road Racing retains the right to decide driver eligible for this class.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

Vehicle must display a rear facing blue light at all times when engine is running.

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

Must use racing seats. Maximum of 4 seats.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Race numbers must be black on a yellow background and comply with TR51 in general rules.

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Single and two seat vehicles with a maximum wheelbase of 100". Vehicle parts are based on a Type I VW.

Last Updated Jan. 7, 2024

DEFINITION

Single and two seat vehicles with a maximum wheelbase of 100". Vehicle parts are based on a Type I VW.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

All parts called out for in this class shall remain in their stock shape, size, and configuration unless otherwise state herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Front and rear suspension components are limited to stock VW production Type 1 parts unless otherwise stated within. Suspension must retain stock concept and no other suspension types used with the stock suspension (I.E. air shocks, sway-bars, coil over shocks, dual torsion bar, etc.).

FRONT SUSPENSION

Front suspension must be a VW Type 1 ball joint. Front axle torsion tube centers may be cut, rotated, rewelded to increase ground clearance. Original seams may be welded (not reinforced) on front beam. No additional material may be added. Torsion adjusters allowed

Filling of speedometer hole in spindle is permitted. Steering arm on spindle may be reinforced by welding a 0.25" gusset from the top of the upper ball joint mount to the end of the steering arm.

A single tube may be welded from one shock tower to the other as a reinforcement member.

Suspension limiters allowed.

REAR SUSPENSION

Rear suspension is limited to stock VW Type 1 components. Rear suspension torsion bars may be of any origin. The torsion housing must retain stock dimensions, aftermarket housing is allowed. Torsion bar grommets may be of any manufacturer as long as stock dimensions are retained. Torsion adjusters allowed.

Rear suspension limiters and spring plate retainers are allowed. Rear spring plates may be of any origin.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Only one shock per wheel is allowed. Outside diameter of shock may not be larger than 65.00mm. Shock shafts may not have a diameter larger than 0.875".

Front shocks must be mounted in the stock location. Rear shocks may be mounted in any location. Rear shocks may not have an extended length longer than 31.5".

Shock reservoirs are allowed.

Shocks may be of any manufacturer.

No air or coil over shocks allowed.

No external bypass shocks.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

No secondary suspension is allowed.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Must use a 15” rim, steel, or aluminum, 7” wide maximum with any standard offset.

Any pneumatic tire and size allowed up to a 33” tall and 10” wide as mounted on 7” x 15” rim with 18lbs of air.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

Steering box may be of any origin. No power steering allowed. Any manufacturers steering wheel and adapter may be used. Any steering dampener may be used. Any steering shaft allowed and sheet metal tube may be removed. Any tie rods and tie rod ends are allowed.

TR16 BRAKES

Original VW types drum brakes only. Drums may be studded but not reinforced. Any combination of brake linings. Any combination of VW master and wheel cylinder are allowed. Dual master cylinders allowed. Turning brakes allowed. Stock VW drum is mandatory, mounting method is open.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

Battery ignition only, no magnetos. Six or twelve volt systems may be used. Any manufacturer’s distributor may be used. Any VW type alternator or generator system in the stock location may be used.

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

Rear facing blue light is required.

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

Fuel is restricted to automotive pump gasoline only. Automotive pump gasoline will be considered gasoline that is sold to the general public for use in domestic cars.

TR22 FUEL TANKS

Safety fuel cells are required.

Fuel cell may not hold more than 22 gallons.

Stock fuel pump must be used. Electric fuel pump may be used but must be used as a backup and routed through the stock system.

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine must utilize VW series type 1, 1600cc, U.S. Model sedan components and dimensions. The maximum allowable engine displacement is 1584cc as delivered from the factory.

ENGINE CASE

Any VW type 1,2,3 or "universal" case is allowed. The following modifications may be made to the stock case:

  1. The case may be align bored.
  2. The case may be drilled and tapped for oil pressure and/or temperature sending units.
  3. The case may be machined to allow the installation of a crank pulley seal.
  4. Case savers may be installed.
  5. Cylinder seating surface may be machined.
  6. Early case oil galleries (8mm) may be enlarged to the dimensions of the universal case (10mm).
  7. Threaded oil gallery plugs allowed.

OIL PUMP

Any manufacturer's oil pump is allowed. No deep sumps, dry sumps, or sump alterations. Windage trays are allowed. The use of any oil bypass pistons and springs are allowed.

FUEL PUMP

Stock fuel pump must be used. Electric fuel pump may be used but must be used as a backup and routed through the stock system. Any fuel filters and fuel pressure regulators of any type may be used.

PISTONS

Pistons must be stock 3 ring only. Pistons and cylinders may be any manufacture as long as original stock dimensions are maintained. Any type wrist pin retainers. Piston assemblies may be statically balanced to the equivalent weight in grams of the lightest original non balanced piston, wrist pin, etc.

CRANKSHAFT

Crankshaft must be stock VW. Crankshaft may be balanced. Crankshaft maximum journal re-sizing is limited to .030" undersize. No polishing or lightening of crankshaft is allowed. No offset grinding of crankshaft is allowed. Any crankshaft gear is allowed. Any manufacturers engine bearing may be used as long as the stock dimensions are maintained. Power pulleys not allowed. Pulleys may be balanced. Sand seals may be used. Any VW flywheel may be lightened and balanced. Flywheels may be eight dowel pinned and any gland nut and washer may be used. No aluminum flywheels are allowed. Any manufacturers clutch disc or pressure plate allowed but must retain original stock VW diameter. Clutch and pressure plate may be balanced. Connecting rods may be statically balanced, but not polished or profiled. Balanced weight of the connecting rods in grams should be equivalent to the lightest original non balanced stock rod.

HEADS

Heads may be U.S. sedan stock single port or dual port or their equivalent. Heads may be flycut for clean up. No porting or polishing is allowed. Only dual port heads from Brazil, part number 040 101 375 2 or 040 101 375 13, or stock OEM heads will be allowed.

Intake manifold is restricted to a stock 34mm original equipment center section or its replacement. A 1½-inch (1.500) long by half-inch (.500) diameter tube may be weld two inches below carburetor flange. A maximum of a ¼ inch (.250) may be removed from each end of the center section for clearance. A slip tube with a 1 5/8 inch (1.625) diameter, two inches (2.000) long may be welded to the end of the runners to allow the use of a better hose connection. No porting or polishing.

End castings must be original equipment VW, with VW logo and part numbers. No porting, polishing, or matching of ports allowed. Balancing slot may be welded close. Vacuum hole may be plugged. A 34mm to 30 mm carburetor adapter must be used. The only carburetor adapter that is allowed is the EMPI part number 98-1293-B.

Combustion chamber volume may not be smaller than 42cc. 7.5 to 1 is the highest compression ratio allowed.

CAMSHAFT, LIFTERS, VALVES, ROCKER ARMS

Any camshaft, camshaft gear, steel valve spring retainers, single valve springs and lifters are allowed. Valve spring seat diameter, in head, must remain stock VW. Valves must be stock 45 degrees. One-piece valve are allowed. No polishing or profiling of valves allowed. Valve guides may be steel, bronze or cast iron. Valve guide seals are allowed. No grinding or polishing in the port including valve guides. Any camshaft may be used which will allow the use of the standard stock VW 1600cc rocker arm(s). Rocker arms must remain stock VW 1600cc. No roller or needle bearings will be allowed as part of the camshaft or as an interface between the rocker arm(s) and the camshaft. Push rods and push rod tubes may be of any manufacturer. Rocker arm valve adjustment screws and wave washers may be of any origin. Clips on rocker arms may be wire tied. Valve covers and sheet metal must remain stock, any year allowed. Valve covers and sheet metal may be modified a minimum to allow for the use of engine breathers.

FAN SHROUD

Must use stock fan shrouds. Heater tubes are optional. No thirty six(36) horse dog house shrouds allowed.

CARBURETOR

Air cleaner location is optional and may be of any manufacture. Velocity stacks may be used as long as they are not welded or bonded to the carburetor. Stock VW carburetors 30 pict 1, 2, and 3 or the Solex H-30-PIC replacement must be used. Maximum venturi size of carburetor is 24.10mm. No internal modifications in the carburetor venturi or throttle blade are allowed. This includes no removing of parts, no grinding, polishing, or filing. Intake manifolds must be stock VW. No chemical milling of manifold or carburetors. Automatic choke housing may be removed. Choke plate and shaft may be removed. Electric needle valves are optional. The stock float bowl vent may be moved and/or plugged. An external float bowl vent may be incorporated. Any air and main jet may be used.

ENGINE CLAIM REGULATIONS

This class is an engine claimer class. This means that any finisher in the top five can claim the first place finisher's engine by putting up $2500.00 CASH in the allotted protest time. The first place finisher has to release rights to his engine to the claimer. The engine in this case will be considered the long block. Sheet metal, fan housing, carburetor, generator/alternator, distributor, intake manifold, etc. are not included in this rule.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Type 1 bug, 4-speed swing axle only. Heavy-duty side plates and differential allowed. Stock VW type 1-ring and pinion ratios only (8:33 and 8:35). Stock VW type 1 gears only. Closed ratio 3rd and 4th gears allowed.

Axle over tubes permitted.

Other internal modifications are optional.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR28 EXHAUST

Open.

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

Any oil cooler is allowed. Location is optional. Full flow systems allowed. No deep sumps or dry sumps will be allowed.

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

Minimum dry weight single seat = 1550 pounds. Two seat = 1350 pounds.

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Maximum wheelbase is 100".

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Stock Production VW Bug

Last Updated Feb. 23, 2024

DEFINITION

Vehicle limited to Stock VW sedan as delivered in the U.S.A.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Any questions concerning chassis combinations will be decided by referring to VW factory parts manuals and /or VW of America booklet. This is a stock production class and all components must remain stock except for those modifications allowed herein. If the rules herein don’t say that you can do it, you CAN’T do it and it will be deemed illegal.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Front Suspension

Front axle torsion tube centers may be cut, rotated, rewelded to increase ground clearance or front torsion adjusters may be used. Original seams may be welded (not reinforced) on front beam. Shock tower may be additionally supported by the adding of a single gusset, gusset may not extend more than 2 inches above top torsion tube. Stock front spindles and trailing arms must be retained. No additional material may be added. Sway bars may be removed.

Filling of speedometer hole is permitted. Steering arm on spindle may be reinforced by welding a1/4 (.25) inch thick gusset from the top of the spindle to the end of the steering arm.

Front snubbers may be of any manufacture but must retain stock VW dimension and mounting methods. Suspension limiters allowed.

Rear Suspension

Rear suspension torsion bars may be of any origin. Rear suspension springs plates may be of any origin. Torsion bar adjusters are allowed. Torsion bar grommets may be of any manufacturer but must retain stock VW dimensions.

Rear torsion bars may be additionally supported only by the attachment of a terminal end (support member) of the roll cage.

Rear shock tower may be removed to body mounting bolt hole. Lower rear shock mounts may be removed and or replaced. Rear shocks may be relocated, but must bolt directly to rear trailing arm or swing axle. No remote mounted shocks.

Rear trailing arms must remain stock, shape, size, and configuration, but may be reinforced by adding material.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Only one shock per wheel is allowed. Stock front shock mounts must be utilized. Shock mounting bolts may be changed to a maximum of 1/2(0.5)inch in diameter. Any manufacture shock allowed with 2" maximum outside diameter. Rear shock must not have an extended length longer than 18 inches, center of mounting hole to center of mounting hole. Cooling fins and/or reservoirs allowed. No air shocks or coil over shocks are allowed. No hydraulic bump stops allowed. No bypass shocks allowed.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

No secondary suspension allowed.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Any steel 4"x15" wheel that bolts to a stock VW brake drum may be used. Cast aluminum wheels weighing 15 pounds or more may be used. Aluminum wheels must be no larger than 4.5”x15”. All wheels must bolt to stock VW rims. Bolted hubs may be replaced with studs. Any manufacturers tire and size allowed up to 31" tall and 10" wide as mounted and inflated on a 4" wide rim with 18 lbs of air. Spare tire is mandatory but may be mounted any place within body shell or trunk.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

Any manufacturers steering wheel may be used. Steering box must remain stock but shims may be used between pitman arm and box. Steering components such as ball joints, steering arms and tie rods must remain stock. Steering shaft is open. Pillar blocks may be used.

TR16 BRAKES

Original VW type 1 drum brakes only on all wheels. Front and rear drums may not be interchanged. Any combination of brake linings allowed as long as stock dimensions are maintained. Any combination of VW master and wheel cylinders are allowed. Emergency brake is optional but if removed the resulting opening must be covered.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

Battery ignition only, no magnetos. Six or twelve volt systems may be used regardless of year model. Any manufacturers distributor may be used. Any VW type alternator or generator system in the stock location may be used.

TR18 BATTERIES

Battery must be relocated.

TR19 LIGHTS

Additional lighting is permitted. Headlights are optional for short course only. Stock headlights may be replaced with any brand so long as original mounting position is used. Pre-1967 model headlight lenses may be removed. Tail and stoplights must remain functional. Front and rear turn indicators are optional. Backup lighting may not be directed towards the engine compartment or function in any gear but reverse.

TR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

Fuel cells may be located anywhere and have any capacity. Stock tank may be used in the stock location. Any type fuel shut-off valve allowed. Stock fuel pump must be used. Electric fuel pump may be used but must be used as a backup and routed through the stock system.

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel fillers may penetrate and extend through hood but must have a drain/catch boot or grommet system to prevent fuel spillage in front compartment. Fuel cell filler may be located in the center of the tank and have a maximum of a 2.25" internal diameter neck.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine must utilize VW series type 1, 1600cc, U.S. Model sedan components and dimensions. The maximum allowable engine displacement is 1600cc as delivered from the factory.

Engine Case

Any VW type 1,2,3 or "universal" case is allowed. The following modifications may be made to the stock case:

  1. The case may be align bored and machined for cam bearing.
  2. The case may be drilled and tapped for oil pressure and/or temperature sending units.
  3. The case may be machined to allow the installation of a crank pulley seal.
  4. Case savers may be installed for cylinder head studs.
  5. Cylinder seating surface may be machined.
  6. Oil galleries may be enlarged to 10mm.
  7. Threaded oil gallery plugs allowed.
  8. Oil squirters are allowed.
  9. Case may be full flowed.

Oil Pump

Any manufacturers oil pump is allowed. No deep sumps, dry sumps, or sump alterations. Windage trays are allowed. The use of any oil bypass pistons and springs are allowed. No oil reservoirs allowed.

Fuel Pump

Stock fuel pump must be used. Electric fuel pump may be used but must be used as a backup and routed through the stock system. Any fuel filters and fuel pressure regulators of any type may be used.

Pistons

Pistons must be stock 3 ring only. Pistons and cylinders may be any manufacture as long as the original stock dimensions are maintained. Any type wrist pin retainers. Piston assemblies may be statically balanced to the equivalent weight in grams of the lightest original unbalanced piston, wrist pin, etc.

Crankshaft

Crankshaft must be stock VW. Crankshaft may be balanced. Crankshaft maximum journal resizing is limited to .030" undersize. No polishing or lightening of crankshaft is allowed. Offset grinding allowed max stroke 69.5. Any crankshaft gear is allowed. Any manufacturers engine bearing may be used as long as the stock dimensions are maintained. Power pulleys are allowed. Pulleys may be balanced. Sand seals may be used. Any VW flywheel may be lightened and balanced. Flywheels may be eight dowel pinned and any gland nut and washer. No aluminum flywheels are allowed. Any manufacturers clutch disc or pressure plate allowed but must retain original stock VW diameter. Clutch and pressure plate may be balanced. Connecting rods may be statically balanced, but not polished or profiled. Balanced weight of the connecting rods in grams should be equivalent to the lightest original nonbalanced stock rod.

Heads

Heads may be U.S. sedan stock single port or dual port or their equivalent. Heads may be flycut for clean up. No porting or polishing is allowed. Only dual port heads from Brazil, part number 040 101 375 2 or 040 101 375 13, 040 101 375 19, or stock OEM heads will be allowed.

Intake manifold is restricted to a stock 34mm original equipment center section or its replacement. A 1½-inch (1.500) long by half-inch (.500) diameter tube may be weld two inches below carburetor flange. A maximum of a ¼ inch (.250) may be removed from each end of the center section for clearance. A slip tube with a 1 5/8 inch (1.625) diameter, two inches (2.000) long may be welded to the end of the runners to allow the use of a better hose connection. No porting or polishing. End castings must be original equipment VW, with VW logo and part numbers. No porting, polishing, or matching of ports allowed. Balancing slot may be welded close. Vacuum hole may be plugged. A 34mm to 30 mm carburetor adapter must be used. The only carburetor adapter that is allowed is the EMPI part number 98-1293-B.

Camshaft, Valves, Lifters, and Rocker Arm(s)

Any camshaft, camshaft gear, valve spring retainers, valve springs and lifters are allowed. Valve spring seat diameter, in head, must remain stock VW. Valves must be stock 45 degrees. One-piece valve are allowed. No polishing or profiling of valves allowed. Valve guides may be steel, bronze or cast iron. Valve guide seals are allowed. No grinding or polishing in the port including valve guides. Any camshaft may be used which will allow the use of the standard stock VW 1600cc rocker arm(s). The rocker arm(s) may be resurfaced to permit the use of swivel feet or similar devices. No other grinding or changes to the rocker arm(s) are allowed. No roller or needle bearings will be allowed as part of the camshaft or as an interface between the rocker arm(s) and the camshaft. Push rods and push rod tubes may be of any manufacturer. Rocker arm valve adjustment screws and wave washers may be of any origin. Clips on rocker arms may be wire tied. Rocker assemblies subject to post race examination.

Fan Shroud

Must use stock fan shrouds. Heater tubes are optional.

Carburetor

Air cleaner location is optional and may be of any manufacture. Velocity stacks may be used as long as they are not welded or bonded to the carburetor. Stock VW carburetors 30 pict 1, 2, and 3 or the Solex H-30-PIC replacement must be used. Maximum venturi size of carburetor is 24.10mm. No internal modifications in the carburetor venturi or throttle blade are allowed. This includes no removing of parts, no grinding, polishing, or filing. Intake manifolds must be stock VW. The cutting of the manifold to compensate for head milling is allowed but rewelding will not be allowed. Those manifolds, which have been cut and rewelded, must be cut again and assembled by use of rubber hose and clamps or by some other suitable method so that the interior of the manifold can be inspected during post race technical inspection. No chemical milling of manifold or carburetors. Automatic choke housing may be removed. Choke plate and shaft may be removed. Electric needle valves are optional. The stock float bowl vent may be moved and/or plugged. An external float bowl vent may be incorporated. Any air and main jet may be used.

LOW COMPRESSION ENGINE OPTION

1600cc maximum displacement and 8 to 1 compression ratio, must use the same heads as high compression engine with same valve size and no porting at all. Stock VW end castings with VW part numbers must be used, no polishing allowed. An EMPI or WEBER 40 or 44 idf carburetor may be used and tube style intake manifold, No Plenum Manifolds allowed. Must use a maximum 26mmventuri This is a pump gas only engine option with a maximum of 91 octane.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Type 1 bug, 4-speed transaxle only. Heavy-duty side plates and differential allowed. 8:33 ring and pinion and drive gears must be used only. Must retain stock gear ratios. No closed ratio gears.
Axle over tubes are not permitted.

Other internal modifications are optional.

Rear transaxle mounts may be supported by a maximum of two (2) vertical straps of 0.25"x1" dimension. Adjustable straps are optional.

Any gearshift lever allowed.

May use any manufacturers Type 1,2 or 181 stub axle.

May use any VW CV joint. Over sized bolts allowed.

TR27 THROTTLES

Stock pedals with no other modifications are allowed.

TR28 EXHAUST

Any exhaust system may be used.

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

Any manufacturers oil cooler is allowed with the location optional. Full flow systems are allowed. No deep sumps or dry sumps will be allowed. Late model housing is approved.

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

TR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

There are no restrictions as to terminal points of the roll cage.

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

Any manufacturers seat is allowed but must remain the approximate stock location. If stock seat mounts are used they must be reinforced using at least two U Bolts per seat runner.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

Rear seat, upholstered panels, headliner and carpets may be removed. Dash may be covered with sheet metal to facilitate the installation of additional engine instrumentation.

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must remain functional and in original stock location. Doors may have original hinges with a workable latch. Secondary positive latching devices are mandatory.

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

Serial number required on floor pan. No alterations to floor pan are allowed. Original seams may be rewelded. Undercoating may be removed. 1965 or earlier model car belly pans may be interchanged. 1966-1968 belly pans may be interchanged. 1969 or later may be interchanged. All must maintain original suspension type.

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Original stock bumpers and over-riders must be retained. Stock VW bumper stiffeners are allowed. Brush guards may be added to stock bumpers.

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

Any type front or rear skid plate may be used. Front skid plate may be attached to lower torsion bar tube with a maximum of two (2) 0.375" U-bolts or two (2) U clamps with a maximum width of 1.5" attached to the skid plate. Skid plate may be extended forward and upward to but not above the top of the front bumper.

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

The vehicle must retain full stock chassis and body with no modifications allowed. Rear apron may be removable to facilitate engine removal, but must retain stock external appearance. Body must be VW type 1 bug or suntop bug. No convertibles, Ghias, 181's (Things), Variants or super beetles.

Running boards may be removed.

Front and rear hood latches may be modified or replaced. Hinges must remain stock.

A hole no larger than one (1) inch in diameter larger than the shock OD may be cut in the rear fender well to allow for the rear shock.

Fender lips on the underside may be flattened to prevent cutting of tires. A rod of 0.25" maximum diameter may be welded under the outside edge for additional strengthening.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Stock Production EV Truck/SUV

Last Updated Feb. 14, 2024

DEFINITION

Vehicles built from a full sized 2 or 4 wheel drive utility or SUV type vehicle. Vehicle must have been series produced in quantities of at least 5000 units within a 12-month period and be readily available to the general public in the U.S.A. Vehicle must be marketed as full size. Vehicle must be currently produced within the last five(5) model years.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Manufacturer’s body, motor, transmission, differentials, and chassis combinations must be retained. This class is a stock production class and all components must remain stock except those modifications allowed herein. If the rules herein don’t say that you can do it, you CAN’T do it and it will be deemed illegal.

No predating or postdating of any component allowed unless offered by the manufacture as a direct replacement part.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Front and rear suspension must be of the same manufacture, shape, size and configuration as originally produced and installed on the chassis to which it is mounted. All suspension components will remain in the original stock locations and original stock mounting methods maintained. All components will be original manufacturer’s design and must be stock as delivered from the manufacturer. No material may be added. No reinforcement of stock pivot points.

A arms, I beams, and front axles must remain stock as delivered on the chassis to which it is mounted. Suspension parts must remain stock shape, size, and configuration as delivered from the manufacturer. Stock pivot points must be retained. Front and rear springs must remain in stock locations and retain original stock concept (leaf, coil, torsion). Rates and capacities of springs are open. Stock front and rear track must be retained plus or minus(+or-) one(1) inch.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

One(1) shock per wheel, mounted in stock location as delivered by the manufacturer is allowed.

Shock body limited to a 3.5 inch maximum diameter. Must be production shocks readily available to the general public only.

No air shocks allowed.

Stock production dump stops as installed by the manufacturer only.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

Secondary suspension not allowed.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Wheels and wheel studs may be of any manufacture.

TR14 FASTENERS

Fasteners must remain stock material. Any fastener may be upgraded with steel grade 8.

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

Steering box must remain stock as delivered from the manufacturer. Steering box must be mounted in the stock location.

Steering parts (tie rods, tie rods ends, idler arms, pitman arms, relay rods and turning arms) must remain stock as delivered from the manufacturer.

Stock power steering pump as delivered by the manufacturer in the stock location only.

Any manufacturer’s steering wheel may be used. Stock steering shaft may be replaced.

TR16 BRAKES

Turning or steering brakes are not allowed.

Brake calipers, rotors, master cylinders must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer. Brake pads are open.

ABS may be removed or disconnected.

Brake lines may be modified or replaced.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 ELECTRICAL

All electronics must remain stock. Wiring may be added for aftermarket components( lighting, radio, GPS, etc).

All high power lines must be encased for protection, lines and encasements must be painted red.

TR18 BATTERIES

Battery of any manufacture, but must remain in stock location.

TR19 LIGHTS

Stock head and tail lights must be retained in working condition at all times.

Rearward facing amber and blue lights are required.

Any manufacturer additional lights may be used.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Any motor delivered in, or offered as an option by the manufacturer may be used.

Motor must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Motor must remain in the stock location, using stock engine mounts.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Transmission must remain as delivered by the manufacturer or be a factory replacement for model year of the vehicle.

Any shifter may be used.

DIFFERENTIALS

Front and rear differentials must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer. Gear ratios and carriers are open. Front and rear straight axle differentials may have material added for strengthening purposes only. IFS differentials (traction beam, etc.) may not add material for any reason. IFS may use a bolt on skid plate to protect the front differential housing only. The skid plate may not reinforce the differential in any way.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

Dash and related components must retain stock. Minimum size holes may be cut for roll cage installation.

Aftermarket gauges in any location may be used.

Air conditioning and heating units may be removed.

Door panels, headliners, visors, rear seats, and carpets may be removed. Stock pedals in the stock locations are required.

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must remain stock and operate on stock hinges as delivered from the manufacturer. Positive latching secondary door latches are required.

Windows and roller assemblies must remain in their stock location.

TR40 FIREWALLS

Stock firewalls must be retained as delivered from the manufacturer. Holes allowing for the routing of fluid lines, electrical, and roll cage must be kept to a minimum. Holes must be drilled to minimize the area open around the item penetrating the firewall.

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

Minimum weight must be retained. Minimum weight is curb weight as delivered and stated by the manufacturer.

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Stock unmodified bumpers required.

Bush guards and lights may be attached to bumper.

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Manufacturer's body chassis combinations must be retained. No predating or updating chassis or bodies.

Fender openings must remain stock. Inner fender panels may be removed.

Frame must remain stock as delivered. No removal or adding of material.

Body must retain stock shape, size, appearance and configuration. Additional material or mounts for body strengthening is allowed. Mounting location (vertical, horizontal, and lateral) must remain stock in relationship to the frame and must retain stock mounting method. The measurement from the back of the b-pillar post to the centerline of the front spindle must remain stock.

Internal body structural members must remain intact. Holes may be placed for the placement of roll cage, fluid lines, or electrical.

Pickup bed floors must remain intact. Minimum size holes may be cut for roll cage installation.

Hoods, trunk lids, doors, and bedsides must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer. Tailgates are optional. Hoods, fenders, and tailgates may be upgraded to the latest available update for that series of vehicle body and chassis combination.

Stock front grill and headlight assemblies are required.

Safety glass windshields, rear and side glass must be retained.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Open Production EV Truck/SUV

Last Updated July 21, 2023

DEFINITION

Vehicles built from a full sized 2 or 4 wheel drive utility or SUV type vehicle. Vehicle must have been series produced in quantities of at least 5000 units within a 12-month period and be readily available to the general public in the U.S.A. Vehicle must be marketed as full size. Vehicle must be currently produced within the last five(5) model years.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Manufacturer’s body, engine, transmission, differentials, and chassis combinations must be retained. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein. No predating or postdating of any component allowed unless offered by the manufacture as a direct replacement part.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

Fasteners must remain stock material. Any fastener may be upgraded with steel grade 8.

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 ELECTRICAL

All high power lines must be encased for protection, lines and encasements must be painted red.

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

Stock head and tail lights must be retained in working condition at all times.

Rearward facing amber and blue lights are required.

Any manufacturer additional lights may be used.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 MOTORS

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

DIFFERENTIALS

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Stock bumpers required.

Bush guards and lights may be attached to bumper.

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Manufacturer's body chassis combinations must be retained. No predating or updating chassis or bodies.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Open EV

Last Updated July 21, 2023

DEFINITION

Unlimited EV powered vehicle.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Manufacturer’s body, engine, transmission, differentials, and chassis combinations must be retained. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein. No predating or postdating of any component allowed unless offered by the manufacture as a direct replacement part.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

Fasteners must remain stock material. Any fastener may be upgraded with steel grade 8.

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 ELECTRICAL

All high power lines must be encased for protection, lines and encasements must be painted red.

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 MOTORS

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

DIFFERENTIALS

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

Minimum weight 3500 pounds.

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Stock Production Hybrid Truck/SUV

Last Updated Feb. 14, 2024

DEFINITION

Vehicles built from a full sized 2 or 4 wheel drive utility or SUV type vehicle. Vehicle must have been series produced in quantities of at least 5000 units within a 12-month period and be readily available to the general public in the U.S.A. Vehicle must be marketed as full size. Vehicle must be currently produced within the last five(5) model years.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Manufacturer’s body, motor, transmission, differentials, and chassis combinations must be retained. This class is a stock production class and all components must remain stock except those modifications allowed herein. If the rules herein don’t say that you can do it, you CAN’T do it and it will be deemed illegal.

No predating or postdating of any component allowed unless offered by the manufacture as a direct replacement part.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Front and rear suspension must be of the same manufacture, shape, size and configuration as originally produced and installed on the chassis to which it is mounted. All suspension components will remain in the original stock locations and original stock mounting methods maintained. All components will be original manufacturer’s design and must be stock as delivered from the manufacture. No material may be added. No reinforcement of stock pivot points.

A arms, I beams, and front axles must remain stock as delivered on the chassis to which it is mounted. Suspension parts must remain stock shape, size, and configuration as delivered from the manufacturer. Stock pivot points must be retained. Front and rear springs must remain in stock locations and retain original stock concept (leaf, coil, torsion). Rates and capacities of springs are open. Stock front and rear track must be retained plus or minus(+or-) one(1) inch.

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

One(1) shock per wheel, mounted in stock location as delivered by the manufacturer is allowed.

Shock body limited to a 3.5 inch maximum diameter. Must be production shocks readily available to the general public only.

No air shocks allowed.

Stock production dump stops as installed by the manufacturer only.

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

Secondary suspension not allowed.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Wheels and wheel studs may be of any manufacture.

TR14 FASTENERS

Fasteners must remain stock material. Any fastener may be upgraded with steel grade 8.

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

Steering box must remain stock as delivered from the manufacturer. Steering box must be mounted in the stock location.

Steering parts (tie rods, tie rods ends, idler arms, pitman arms, relay rods and turning arms) must remain stock as delivered from the manufacturer.

Stock power steering pump as delivered by the manufacturer in the stock location only.

Any manufacturer’s steering wheel may be used. Stock steering shaft may be replaced.

TR16 BRAKES

Turning or steering brakes are not allowed.

Brake calipers, rotors, master cylinders must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer. Brake pads are open.

ABS may be removed or disconnected.

Brake lines may be modified or replaced.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 ELECTRICAL

All electronics must remain stock. Wiring may be added for aftermarket components( lighting, radio, GPS, etc).

All high power lines must be encased for protection, lines and encasements must be painted red.

TR18 BATTERIES

Battery of any manufacture, but must remain in stock location.

TR19 LIGHTS

Stock head and tail lights must be retained in working condition at all times.

Rearward facing amber and blue lights are required.

Any manufacturer additional lights may be used.

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

MOTOR, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 MOTOR

Any motor delivered in, or offered as an option by the manufacture may be used.

Motor must remain stock as delivered by the manufacture.

Motor must remain in the stock location, using stock engine mounts.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

Transmission must remain as delivered by the manufacture or be a factory replacement for model year of the vehicle.

Any shifter may be used.

DIFFERENTIALS

Front and rear differentials must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer. Gear ratios and carriers are open. Front and rear straight axle differentials may have material added for strengthening purposes only. IFS differentials (traction beam, etc.) may not add material for any reason. IFS may use a bolt on skid plate to protect the front differential housing only. The skid plate may not reinforce the differential in any way.

TR27 THROTTLES

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

Dash and related components must retain stock. Minimum size holes may be cut for roll cage installation.

Aftermarket gauges in any location may be used.

Air conditioning and heating units may be removed.

Door panels, headliners, visors, rear seats, and carpets may be removed. Stock pedals in the stock locations are required.

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must remain stock and operate on stock hinges as delivered from the manufacturer. Positive latching secondary door latches are required.

Windows and roller assemblies must remain in their stock location.

TR40 FIREWALLS

Stock firewalls must be retained as delivered from the manufacture. Holes allowing for the routing of fluid lines, electrical, and roll cage must be keep to a minimum. Holes must be drilled to minimize the area open around the item penetrating the firewall.

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

Minimum weight must be retained. Minimum weight is curb weight as delivered and stated by the manufacturer.

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Stock unmodified bumpers required.

Bush guards and lights may be attached to bumper.

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Manufacturer's body chassis combinations must be retained. No predating or updating chassis or bodies.

Fender openings must remain stock. Inner fender panels may be removed.

Frame must remain stock as delivered. No removal or adding of material.

Body must retain stock shape, size, appearance and configuration. Additional material or mounts for body strengthening is allowed. Mounting location (vertical, horizontal, and lateral) must remain stock in relationship to the frame and must retain stock mounting method. The measurement from the back of the b-pillar post to the centerline of the front spindle must remain stock.

Internal body structural members must remain intact. Holes may be placed for the placement of roll cage, fluid lines, or electrical.

Pickup bed floors must remain intact. Minimum size holes maybe cut for roll cage installation.

Hoods, trunk lids, doors, and bedsides must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer. Tailgates are optional. Hoods, fenders, and tailgates may be upgraded to the latest available update for that series of vehicle body and chassis combination.

Stock front grill and headlight assemblies are required.

Safety glass windshields, rear and side glass must be retained.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Open Production Hybrid Truck/SUV

Last Updated July 21, 2023

DEFINITION

Vehicles built from a full sized 2 or 4 wheel drive utility or SUV type vehicle. Vehicle must have been series produced in quantities of at least 5000 units within a 12-month period and be readily available to the general public in the U.S.A. Vehicle must be marketed as full size. Vehicle must be currently produced within the last five(5) model years.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Manufacturer’s body, engine, transmission, differentials, and chassis combinations must be retained. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein. No predating or postdating of any component allowed unless offered by the manufacture as a direct replacement part.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

Fasteners must remain stock material. Any fastener may be upgraded with steel grade 8.

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 ELECTRICAL

All high power lines must be encased for protection, lines and encasements must be painted red.

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

Stock head and tail lights must be retained in working condition at all times.

Rearward facing amber and blue lights are required.

Any manufacture additional lights may be used.

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 MOTORS

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

DIFFERENTIALS

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Stock bumpers required.

Bush guards and lights may be attached to bumper.

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Manufacturer's body chassis combinations must be retained. No predating or updating chassis or bodies.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Open Hybrid

Last Updated July 21, 2023

DEFINITION

Unlimited EV powered vehicle.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Manufacturer’s body, engine, transmission, differentials, and chassis combinations must be retained. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein. No predating or postdating of any component allowed unless offered by the manufacture as a direct replacement part.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

TR7 HORNS

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

TR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

Fasteners must remain stock material. Any fastener may be upgraded with steel grade 8.

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 ELECTRICAL

All high power lines must be encased for protection, lines and encasements must be painted red.

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

TR22 FUEL TANKS

TR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

Fuel cell mandatory.

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 MOTORS

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR26 TRANSMISSION

DIFFERENTIALS

TR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

TR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR34 ROLL CAGES

TR35 SAFETY HARNESS

TR36 SAFETY NETS

TR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

TR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

TR40 FIREWALLS

TR41 BALLAST

TR42 WEIGHT

Minimum weight 3500 pounds.

TR43 FLOORBOARDS

TR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

TR45 MIRRORS

TR46 SKID PLATES

TR47 STORAGE

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

TBD

Last Updated July 21, 2023

Modern Military

TBD

Last Updated July 20, 2023

Vintage Military

Modified Gambler 500/Hooptie X vehicle

Last Updated July 20, 2023

Gambler 500/Hooptie X Modified

Stock Gambler 500/Hooptie X vehicle

Last Updated July 20, 2023

Gambler 500/Hooptie X Stock

Two seat vehicles built using a production two or four seat UTV. Production or approved turbo chargers allowed.

Last Updated July 27, 2023

DEFINITION

Two seat vehicles built using a production two or four seat UTV. Any manufacture UTV may be used providing the model used has been series produced in a minimum of 1000 units within a twelve(12) month period. Maximum engine size 1000cc.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a limited production class and all components will be considered restricted to stock as delivered by the manufacturer unless unrestricted herein. Must retain stock production chassis.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

UTR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

A. All A-arm mounting points must remain in the stock location and position as delivered from the manufacturer, however they may be reinforced for strength.

B. A-arms, spindles, trailing arms, ball joints are open and maybe of any manufacturer.

C. Maximum track width is 78” inches. Track width is measured at ride height, outside of tire to outside of tire at the widest point.

D. Minimum ride height of 8" as determined by the technical inspector measuring to any chassis, floor, or skid plate along the bottom of the vehicle. This includes any suspension mounting points that may hang down below the main chassis.

E. Aftermarket sway bars are permitted.

F. Trailing/ control arm mounting points may be re-enforced but may not be moved or relocated.

G. Wheelbase is limited to stock plus eight(8) inches.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Shocks are open.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

A. Maximum tire size is 33 inches outside diameter.

B. Tires will be visually checked and must be considered reasonably safe by prior to competing.

C. Bead locks allowed, must have recessed bolts only that do not protrude past the face of the clamp ring, or must use button head style bolts.

F. Any wheel offset combination is permitted.

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

A. All steering components must be in good condition and proper working order. Drag link and tie rod ends must be secured with a cotter pin or safety wire in each one.

B. Power steering is permitted.

C. Steering “quickeners” are permitted.

D. Technical officials must consider steering reasonably safe before the vehicle is permitted to compete.

E. Steering wheel quick release is allowed

F. Tie-rods may be replaced with heim joints provided they mount like stock at each end.

G. Aftermarket direct replacement rack and pinion allowed provided it mounts in the stock location and accepts all stock steering components.

UTR16 BRAKES

A. Brakes must be in safe working condition and be able to apply adequate force to lock up all four tires.

B. Brakes must remain in safe working condition during the entire event. If at any time a competitor loses any brake function, they should exit the track and park the vehicle.

C. Turning or cutting brakes are not permitted.

D. Rotors, calipers, and brake pads may be upgraded provided all components are commercially available, bolt on (no welding required) using OEM mounting holes.

E. OEM master cylinder is required.

F. Brake bias adjusters are not allowed.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

Stock ECU is required. Mapping/programming is open.

UTR18 BATTERIES

Open

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

Stock tank in stock location or fuel cell.

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Maximum engine size is 1000cc. Engines Stock crankcase and head as delivered by the manufacturer is mandatory. All internal components are open. Air cleaners are open.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION

Cases must remain stock.

UTR27 THROTTLES

Stock throttle body is required.

UTR28 EXHAUST

Open

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

Open

UTR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

UTR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Turbochargers must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer. Contact Unlimited Off-Road Racing for approved aftermarket turbo kits.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

No stock roll cages allowed.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Race seats only. All stock seats must be removed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

Minimum vehicle weights:

  1. RZR Turbo non-Pro XP engine: 1750 pounds including driver.
  2. Polaris RZR Pro XP and all pre-2020 Turbo cars with Pro XP engine: 1850 pounds including driver.
  3. All Can-Am X3 & Can-Am X3 X RS non RR engine: 1850 pounds including driver.
  4. Can-Am X3 Turbo RR models, and all pre-2020 X3 Turbo models with 2020 RR engine: 1950 pounds including driver.

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Stock chassis and bodies required.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Modified Production. Two seat vehicles built using a production two or four seat UTV. Production or approved turbo chargers allowed.

Last Updated July 21, 2023

DEFINITION

Two seat vehicles built using a production two or four seat UTV. Any manufacture UTV may be used providing the model used has been series produced in a minimum of 1000 units within a twelve(12) month period. Maximum engine size 1000cc. Stock crankcase and head as delivered by the manufacturer is mandatory.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a limited production class and all components will be considered restricted to stock as delivered by the manufacturer unless unrestricted herein.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

UTR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

A. All A-arm mounting points must remain in the stock location and position, plus or minus ⅛ (+/-.125) Inches as delivered from the manufacturer., however they may be reinforced for strength.

B. A-arms, spindles, trailing arms, ball joints are open and maybe of any manufacturer.

C. Maximum track width is 78” inches. Track width is measured at ride height, outside of tire to outside of tire at the widest point.

D. Minimum ride height of 8" as determined by the technical inspector measuring to any chassis, floor, or skid plate along the bottom of the vehicle. This includes any suspension mounting points that may hang down below the main chassis.

E. Aftermarket sway bars are permitted.

F. Trailing/ control arm mounting points may be re-enforced but may not be moved or relocated.

G. Wheelbase is limited to stock plus eight(8) inches.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Shocks are open.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

A. Maximum tire size is 33 inches outside diameter.

B. Tires will be visually checked and must be considered reasonably safe by prior to competing.

C. Bead locks allowed, must have recessed bolts only that do not protrude past the face of the clamp ring, or must use button head style bolts.

F. Any wheel offset combination is permitted.

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

A. All steering components must be in good condition and proper working order. Drag link and tie rod ends must be secured with a cotter pin or safety wire in each one.

B. Power steering is permitted.

C. Steering “quickeners” are permitted.

D. Technical officials must consider steering reasonably safe before the vehicle is permitted to compete.

E. Steering wheel quick release is allowed

F. Tie-rods may be replaced with heim joints provided they mount like stock at each end.

G. Aftermarket direct replacement rack and pinion allowed provided it mounts in the stock location and accepts all stock steering components.

UTR16 BRAKES

A. Brakes must be in safe working condition and be able to apply adequate force to lock up all four tires.

B. Brakes must remain in safe working condition during the entire event. If at any time a competitor loses any brake function, they should exit the track and park the vehicle.

C. Turning or cutting brakes are not permitted.

D. Rotors, calipers, and brake pads may be upgraded provided all components are commercially available, bolt on (no welding required) using OEM mounting holes.

E. OEM master cylinder is required.

F. Brake bias adjusters are not allowed.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

Stock ECU is required. Mapping/programming is open.

UTR18 BATTERIES

Open

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

Stock tank in stock location or fuel cell.

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Maximum engine size is 1000cc. Engines Stock crankcase and head as delivered by the manufacturer is mandatory. All internal components are open. Air cleaners are open.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION

Cases must remain stock.

UTR27 THROTTLES

Stock throttle body is required.

UTR28 EXHAUST

Open

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

Open

UTR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

UTR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

Turbochargers must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer. Contact Unlimited Off-Road Racing for approved aftermarket turbo kits.

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

No stock roll cages allowed.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Race seats only. All stock seats must be removed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

Minimum vehicle weights:

  1. RZR Turbo non-Pro XP engine: 1750 pounds including driver.
  2. Polaris RZR Pro XP and all pre-2020 Turbo cars with Pro XP engine: 1850 pounds including driver.
  3. All Can-Am X3 & Can-Am X3 X RS non RR engine: 1850 pounds including driver.
  4. Can-Am X3 Turbo RR models, and all pre-2020 X3 Turbo models with 2020 RR engine: 1950 pounds including driver.

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Stock classic bodies required. Chassis is open. Stock location suspension pivot points required.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Two seat vehicles built using a production two or four seat UTV. Maximum engine size 1000cc.

Last Updated July 27, 2023

DEFINITION

Single and two seat vehicles built using a one, two or four seat UTV. Any manufacture UTV may be used providing the model used has been series produced in a minimum of 1000 units within a twelve(12) month period. Maximum engine size 1000cc.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a limited production class and all components will be considered restricted to stock as delivered by the manufacturer unless unrestricted herein. Must retain stock production chassis.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

UTR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

A. All A-arm mounting points must remain in the stock location and position as delivered from the manufacturer, however they may be reinforced for strength.

B. A-arms, spindles, trailing arms, ball joints are open and maybe of any manufacturer.

C. Maximum track width is 72.5” inches. Track width is measured at ride height, outside of tire to outside of tire at the widest point.

D. Minimum ride height of 8" as determined by the technical inspector measuring to any chassis, floor, or skid plate along the bottom of the vehicle. This includes any suspension mounting points that may hang down below the main chassis.

E. Aftermarket sway bars are permitted.

F. Trailing/ control arm mounting points may be re-enforced but may not be moved or relocated.

G. Wheelbase is limited to stock plus eight(8) inches.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Shocks are open.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

A. Maximum tire size is 33 inches outside diameter.

B. Tires will be visually checked and must be considered reasonably safe by prior to competing.

C. Bead locks allowed, must have recessed bolts only that do not protrude past the face of the clamp ring, or must use button head style bolts.

F. Any wheel offset combination is permitted.

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

A. All steering components must be in good condition and proper working order. Drag link and tie rod ends must be secured with a cotter pin or safety wire in each one.

B. Power steering is permitted.

C. Steering “quickeners” are permitted.

D. Technical officials must consider steering reasonably safe before the vehicle is permitted to compete.

E. Steering wheel quick release is allowed

F. Tie-rods may be replaced with heim joints provided they mount like stock at each end.

G. Aftermarket direct replacement rack and pinion allowed provided it mounts in the stock location and accepts all stock steering components.

UTR16 BRAKES

A. Brakes must be in safe working condition and be able to apply adequate force to lock up all four tires.

B. Brakes must remain in safe working condition during the entire event. If at any time a competitor loses any brake function, they should exit the track and park the vehicle.

C. Turning or cutting brakes are not permitted.

D. Rotors, calipers, and brake pads may be upgraded provided all components are commercially available, bolt on (no welding required) using OEM mounting holes.

E. OEM master cylinder is required.

F. Brake bias adjusters are not allowed.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

Stock ECU is required. Mapping/programming is open.

UTR18 BATTERIES

Open

UTR19 LIGHTS

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

Stock tank in stock location or fuel cell.

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Maximum engine size is 1000cc. Engines Stock crankcase and head as delivered by the manufacturer is mandatory. All internal components are open. Air cleaners are open.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION

Cases must remain stock.

UTR27 THROTTLES

Stock throttle body is required.

UTR28 EXHAUST

Open

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

Open

UTR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

UTR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

No stock roll cages allowed.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Race seats only. All stock seats must be removed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

Minimum vehicle weights:

  1. RZR & RS1: 1600 pounds including driver
  2. Can Am: 1600 pounds including driver.
  3. Yamaha: 1820 pounds including driver.
  4. Textron XX: 1820 pounds including driver.
  5. Honda Talon 1000 R: 1700 pounds including driver
  6. Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000: 1750 pounds including driver

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Stock chassis and bodies required.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Modified Production. Two seat vehicles built using a production two or four seat UTV. Maximum engine size 1000cc.

Last Updated July 21, 2023

DEFINITION

Single and two seat vehicles built using a one, two or four seat UTV.. Any manufacture UTV may be used providing the model used has been series produced in a minimum of 1000 units within a twelve(12) month period. Maximum engine size 1000cc. Stock crankcase and head as delivered by the manufacturer is mandatory.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a limited production class and all components will be considered restricted to stock as delivered by the manufacturer unless unrestricted herein.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

UTR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

A. All A-arm mounting points must remain in the stock location and position, plus or minus ⅛ (+/-.125) Inches as delivered from the manufacturer. however they may be reinforced for strength.

B. A-arms, spindles, trailing arms, ball joints are open and maybe of any manufacturer.

C. Maximum track width is 72.5” inches. Track width is measured at ride height, outside of tire to outside of tire at the widest point.

D. Minimum ride height of 8" as determined by the technical inspector measuring to any chassis, floor, or skid plate along the bottom of the vehicle. This includes any suspension mounting points that may hang down below the main chassis.

E. Aftermarket sway bars are permitted.

F. Trailing/ control arm mounting points may be re-enforced but may not be moved or relocated.

G. Wheelbase is limited to stock plus eight(8) inches.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Shocks are open.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

A. Maximum tire size is 33 inches outside diameter.

B. Tires will be visually checked and must be considered reasonably safe by prior to competing.

C. Bead locks allowed, must have recessed bolts only that do not protrude past the face of the clamp ring, or must use button head style bolts.

F. Any wheel offset combination is permitted.

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

A. All steering components must be in good condition and proper working order. Drag link and tie rod ends must be secured with a cotter pin or safety wire in each one.

B. Power steering is permitted.

C. Steering “quickeners” are permitted.

D. Technical officials must consider steering reasonably safe before the vehicle is permitted to compete.

E. Steering wheel quick release is allowed

F. Tie-rods may be replaced with heim joints provided they mount like stock at each end.

G. Aftermarket direct replacement rack and pinion allowed provided it mounts in the stock location and accepts all stock steering components.

UTR16 BRAKES

A. Brakes must be in safe working condition and be able to apply adequate force to lock up all four tires.

B. Brakes must remain in safe working condition during the entire event. If at any time a competitor loses any brake function, they should exit the track and park the vehicle.

C. Turning or cutting brakes are not permitted.

D. Rotors, calipers, and brake pads may be upgraded provided all components are commercially available, bolt on (no welding required) using OEM mounting holes.

E. OEM master cylinder is required.

F. Brake bias adjusters are not allowed.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

Stock ECU is required. Mapping/programming is open.

UTR18 BATTERIES

Open

UTR19 LIGHTS

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

Stock tank in stock location or fuel cell.

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Maximum engine size is 1000cc. Engines Stock crankcase and head as delivered by the manufacturer is mandatory. All internal components are open. Air cleaners are open.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION

Cases must remain stock.

UTR27 THROTTLES

Stock throttle body is required.

UTR28 EXHAUST

Open

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

Open

UTR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

UTR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

No stock roll cages allowed.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Race seats only. All stock seats must be removed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

Minimum vehicle weights:

  1. RZR & RS1: 1600 pounds including driver
  2. Can Am: 1600 pounds including driver.
  3. Yamaha: 1820 pounds including driver.
  4. Textron XX: 1820 pounds including driver.
  5. Honda Talon 1000 R: 1700 pounds including driver
  6. Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000: 1750 pounds including driver

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Stock classic bodies required. Chassis is open. Stock location suspension pivot points required.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

2 or 4 stroke, Max 3 Riders

Last Updated July 21, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacement above 125cc.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

  1. Engine must be designed for/ and used in a motorcycle.
  2. Engine must be readily available to the general public.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

2 or 4 stroke, Max 3 Riders

Last Updated July 27, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacing more than 126cc, and not more than 310cc.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

  1. Engine must be designed for/and used in a motorcycle.
  2. Engine must be readily available to the general public.
  3. Engine must displace more than 126cc and less than 310cc

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

2 or 4 stroke, Max 3 Riders

Last Updated July 21, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacing a maximum of 205cc.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

  1. Engine must be designed for/and used in a motorcycle.
  2. Engine must be readily available to the general public.
  3. Engine must not displace more than 205cc.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Any Bike, Max 3 Riders

Last Updated July 27, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacement. All riders must be female.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

  1. Engine must be designed for/ and used in a motorcycle.
  2. Engine must be readily available to the general public.
  3. Engine displacement open.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

2 or 4 stroke, Max 3 Riders

Last Updated July 27, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacement above 125cc.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

  1. Engine must be designed for/ and used in a motorcycle.
  2. Engine must be readily available to the general public.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

2 or 4 stroke, Max 1 Rider

Last Updated July 20, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacement above 125cc. Limited to one (1) rider.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

  1. Engine must be designed for/ and used in a motorcycle.
  2. Engine must be readily available to the general public.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

2 or 4 stroke, Max 3 Riders

Last Updated July 27, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacing more than 126cc, and not more than 310cc.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

  1. Engine must be designed for/and used in a motorcycle.
  2. Engine must be readily available to the general public.
  3. Engine must displace more than 126cc and less than 310cc

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

2 or 4 stroke, Max 3 Riders

Last Updated July 27, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacing a maximum of 205cc.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

  1. Engine must be designed for/and used in a motorcycle.
  2. Engine must be readily available to the general public.
  3. Engine must not displace more than 205cc.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Any Bike, Max 3 Riders

Last Updated July 20, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacement and riders 30 years of age or older.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Any Bike, Max 3 Riders

Last Updated July 20, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacement and riders 40 years of age or older.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Any Bike, Max 3 Riders

Last Updated July 27, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacement. All riders must be female.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

  1. Engine must be designed for/ and used in a motorcycle.
  2. Engine must be readily available to the general public.
  3. Engine displacement open.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Any Bike, Max 3 Riders

Last Updated July 27, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacement and riders 50 years of age or older.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Any Bike, Max 3 Riders

Last Updated July 21, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacement and riders 60 years of age or older.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Any cc, Max 2 Riders

Last Updated July 21, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacement larger than 125cc and built in 1974 or earlier, any 1975 model that is same as 1974 model is also included in this class.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of manufacture year of motorcycle. This class is a restricted class, and all components will be considered restricted unless unrestricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Rear suspension must retain same two (2) stocks as delivered by the manufacturer.

Shock mounting location must retain stock concept.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Open

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

Steering stabilizers are allowed.

TR16 BRAKES

Drum brakes only, unless proof can be provided bike came with disc brakes.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

Open

TR18 BATTERIES

Open

TR19 LIGHTS

Must have operating tail and brake light.

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine must be dated and of the same manufacture as the frame it is mounted in.

Engine must be air cooled.

Engine may be two (2) or four (4) stroke as delivered by Manufacturer.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

Open

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Frame must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Stock serial numbers must be retained.

Material may be added for strengthening purposes.

Frame and suspension must be 1974 or earlier.

Suspension must retain stock concept.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Any cc, Max 2 Riders

Last Updated July 21, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacement larger than 125cc and built between 1975 and 1982.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of manufacture year of motorcycle. This class is an restricted class and all components will be considered restricted unless unrestricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Rear suspension must retain same number of stocks as delivered by the manufacture.

Shock mounting location must retain stock concept.

Forks must retain stock concept.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Open

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

Steering stabilizers allowed.

TR16 BRAKES

Open

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

Open

TR18 BATTERIES

Open

TR19 LIGHTS

Must have operating tail and brake light.

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine must be dated and of the same manufacture as the frame it is mounted in.

Engine may be two (2) or four (4) stroke as delivered by Manufacturer.

Water cooled engine allowed if stock OEM.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

Open

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Frame must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Stock serial numbers must be retained.

Material may be added for strengthening purposes.

Frame and suspension must be 1975-1982

Suspension must retain stock concept.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Any cc, Max 2 Riders

Last Updated July 27, 2023

DEFINITION

Motorcycles with any engine displacement larger than 125cc and built between 1983 and 1995.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of manufacture year of motorcycle. This class is an restricted class and all components will be considered restricted unless unrestricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Rear suspension must retain same number of stocks as delivered by the manufacture.

Shock mounting location must retain stock concept.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Open

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

Steering stabilizers allowed.

TR16 BRAKES

Open

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

Open

TR18 BATTERIES

Open

TR19 LIGHTS

Must have operating tail and brake light.

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine must be dated and of the same manufacture as the frame it is mounted in.

Engine may be two (2) or four (4) stroke as delivered by Manufacturer.

Water cooled engine allowed if stock OEM.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

Open

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Frame must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Stock serial numbers must be retained.

Material may be added for strengthening purposes.

Frame and suspension must be 1983-1995.

Suspension must retain stock concept.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

750cc or larger, Max 2 Riders. Ducati Scrambler, Triumph Scrambler, Indian FTR Scrambler and HD Pan America.

Last Updated Nov. 21, 2023

DEFINITION

750cc or larger production twin. Riders in this class must be sixteen(16) years old minimum.

Class fits Ducati Scrambler, Triumph Scrambler, Indian FTR Scrambler and HD Pan America.

No dirt bikes or adventure bikes allowed.

All past or present pro card holders are welcome.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Knobby tires required.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

750cc or larger twin.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR42 WEIGHT

400 pound minimum. Weight is race ready minus rider.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Must be 1986 or newer production.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

750cc or larger, Max 2 Riders. Harley Sportster only.

Last Updated July 20, 2023

DEFINITION

750cc or larger production twin street bike. Riders in this class must be sixteen(16) years old minimum. Bikes must have been built as street legal by the manufacturer.

Harley Sportster only.

No dirt bikes or adventure bikes allowed.

No past or present pro card holders.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

No mono shock.

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Knobby tires required.

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

750cc or larger twin.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

TR42 WEIGHT

400 pound minimum. Weight is race ready minus rider.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Must have been built as a street legal motorcycle by the manufacturer.

Frame must remain stock.

Must be 1986 or newer production.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

640cc & Up, Max 2 Riders

Last Updated July 24, 2023

DEFINITION

Amateur riders. Riders in this class must be eighteen (18) years old minimum. Motorcycles with any engine 640cc or larger. Bikes must be street legal, have current registration and license plate.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

Entrants must be able to show proof of age to compete in this class. Participants competing in age restricted classes must be of age by the date of the event that they are competing in. All riders and co-riders must meet age requirement. This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The TR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. TR1 HELMETS) refer to TR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These TR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the TR cross- referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

TR1 HELMETS

TR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

TR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

TR5 FIRST AID KIT

TR8 REFLECTORS

TR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

TR13 WHEELS and TIRES

TR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

TR15 STEERING

TR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

TR17 IGNITION

TR18 BATTERIES

TR19 LIGHTS

FUEL SYSTEM

TR21 FUEL

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

TR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

640cc or larger.

TR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

TR28 EXHAUST

TR31 FLUID COOLERS

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

TR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Dual Sport motorcycles only.

TR49 HOSES

TR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

TR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

TR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

TR53 WORKMANSHIP

TR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Limited Youth Normally Aspirated 1000 UTV

Last Updated Feb. 18, 2024

DEFINITION

Two seat vehicles built using a Normally Aspirated production UTV. Any manufacturer UTV may be used providing the model used has been series produced in a minimum of 1000 units within a twelve(12) month period. Maximum engine size 1000cc. Driver must be at least twelve (12) years old. Maximum age is seventeen(17) years old.

Single or two seat vehicles built using a production based 1000cc naturally aspirated engine, utilizing the RZR 1000 or RS1 platform that is a minimum one year old machine. This is an entry level class and is not intended for purpose built race cars. Data logging using a GPS enabled data logger is required. Driver must be at least twelve (12) years old. Maximum age is seventeen(17) years old.

*Racers under the age of twelve(12) will be considered on a case-by-case basis.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open production class and all components must remain open except for those restrictions allowed herein.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

SFI-A5 rated fire suits are required. No karting suits.

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

All suspension components are open.

Stock mounting locations on the chassis must be retained.

Stock mounts may be reinforced.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Shocks are open. Limited to one shock per wheel.

Lower shock location must remain stock.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

No secondary suspension allowed.

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

Maximum wheel size is 15 inches.

Maximum tire size is 30 inches.

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

All steering components are open.

Must mount in stock location.

UTR16 BRAKES

All components are open.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

All cars must run UNLTD supplied Polaris ECU tune. No other ECU tune is legal. ECU’s will be sealed. If seals are tampered with or altered in any way, it will result in a disqualification.

UTR18 BATTERIES

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

Fuel shall be automotive gasoline, no methanol allowed.

Gasoline may not be blended with any other additives.

No alcohol.

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

Stock tank in the stock location, or fuel cell any location.

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

No internal modifications.

OEM intake must be used with no modifications.

Air intake must remain as delivered by the manufacturer and MAY NOT BE MODIFIED IN ANY WAY. All components including but not limited to must remain stock with absolutely no modifications, air box, air box housing, air box lid, intake separator, clamps, air box cover, intake duct, hoses and straps.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION

Transmission must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Bearings may be changed, but must be stock dimensions. No ceramic or hybrid bearings allowed.

Use of a retainer plate is allowed.

High gear spacers are allowed.

UTR27 THROTTLES

UTR28 EXHAUST

Open. Must use an approved muffler.

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

Aftermarket roll cage required. No stock cages.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Seating must retain stock configuration.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must be securely closed. Aluminum side panels only. No carbon fiber.

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

1600 minimum.

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Roof and doors must be covered with sheet metal .060 thick minimum.

Aluminum side panels only. No carbon fiber.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Race numbers required on both sides and rear of vehicle. black numbers on a white background only. Minimum six(6) inch tall numbers.

UNLTD will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Two seat vehicles built using a production UTV. Maximum engine size 650cc.

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

DEFINITION

Two seat vehicles built using a production UTV. Any manufacture UTV may be used providing the model used has been series produced in a minimum of 1000 units within a twelve (12) month period. Maximum engine size 650cc. Stock production body parts required. Driver must be ten (10) years old minimum. Maximum age is sixteen (16) years old.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an Open class, and all components will be considered open unless unrestricted herein. Manufactures body, engine, transmission, chassis, and drive train components must be retained.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

UTR5 FIRST AID KIT

UTR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

UTR7 HORNS

UTR8 REFLECTORS

UTR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

UTR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Shocks are open.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

UTR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

UTR18 BATTERIES

UTR19 LIGHTS

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Maximum engine displacement is 650cc.

Engine must remain stock as delivered by the manufacture.

No engine parts may be modified or replaced.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION

UTR27 THROTTLES

UTR28 EXHAUST

Open.

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

UTR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

UTR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

Stock production roll cages are not allowed.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must be securely closed.

Aluminum side panels only. No carbon fiber.

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

1200 pounds minimum weight, including the driver.

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Safe front and rear bumpers required. No shape corners or hazardous protrusions.

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Stock grill, hood, and front and rear fenders must be used.

Roof and doors must be covered with sheet metal .060 thick minimum.

Aluminum side panels only. No carbon fiber.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Race numbers required on both sides and rear of vehicle. black numbers on a white background only. Minimum six(6) inch tall numbers.

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Two seat vehicles built using a production UTV. Maximum engine size 600cc.

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

DEFINITION

Two seat vehicles built using a production UTV. Any manufacture UTV may be used providing the model used has been series produced in a minimum of 1000 units within a twelve(12) month period. Maximum engine size 600cc. Stock production body parts required. Driver must be ten(10) years old minimum. Maximum age is sixteen(16) years old.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an Stock Production class and all components will be considered Stock Production unless unrestricted herein.

Manufactures body, engine, transmission, chassis, and drive train components must be retained.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

UTR5 FIRST AID KIT

UTR6 EMERGENCY SIGNALING DEVICES

UTR7 HORNS

UTR8 REFLECTORS

UTR9 FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

UTR10 SURVIVAL SUPPLIES

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Must retain stock pivot points as delivered by the manufacturer. Suspension pivot points may be reinforced but must remain in stock location. All pivot points will be used as designed by the manufacturer. No pivot points may be added.

Suspension components, A-arms, spindles, trailing arms are open, but must mount in stock location.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Shocks are open.

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

No secondary suspension allowed.

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

UTR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

Must retain stock ECU. ECU may be reprogrammed.

UTR18 BATTERIES

UTR19 LIGHTS

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Maximum engine displacement is 600cc.

Engine must remain stock as delivered by the manufacture.

No engine parts may be modified or replaced.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION

UTR27 THROTTLES

UTR28 EXHAUST

Open.

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR30 FLYWHEEL SHIELDS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

UTR32 AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT

UTR33 SUPERCHARGERS and TURBOCHARGERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

Stock production roll cages are not allowed.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Seats must retain stock configuration and utilize stock mounting points. Passenger seat maybe be removed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Doors must be securely closed.

Aluminum side panels only. No carbon fiber.

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

1300 pounds minimum weight, including the driver.

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

Safe front and rear bumpers required. No shape corners or hazardous protrusions.

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Stock grill, hood, and front and rear fenders must be used.

Roof and doors must be covered with sheet metal .060 thick minimum.

Aluminum side panels only. No carbon fiber.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Race numbers required on both sides and rear of vehicle. black numbers on a white background only. Minimum six(6) inch tall numbers.

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Polaris RZR 170 or equivalent vehicle.

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

DEFINITION

Polaris RZR 170 or equivalent vehicle. Driver must be at least five(5) years old. Maximum age is twelve(12) years old.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components will be considered open unless restricted herein.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

SFI-A5 rated fire suit is required. No karting suits.

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Suspension is open.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

UTR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

UTR18 BATTERIES

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Engine must be of same manufacture as vehicle.

Engines may be modified in any manner.

Maximum engine size is 250cc.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION

UTR27 THROTTLES

UTR28 EXHAUST

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

Aftermarket roll cage required. No stock cages.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Center seating is allowed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

Aluminum side panels only. No carbon fiber.

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Roof and doors must be covered with sheet metal .060 thick minimum.

Aluminum side panels only. No carbon fiber.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Race numbers required on both sides and rear of vehicle. black numbers on a white background only. Minimum six(6) inch tall numbers.

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Polaris RZR 200

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

DEFINITION

Polaris RZR 200. Driver must be at least five (5) years old. Maximum age is twelve (12) years old.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a stock production class, and all components must remain stock except for those modifications allowed herein.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

SFI-A5 rated fire suit is required. No karting suits.

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Stock suspension points must be retained.

A-arms are open.

Maximum front and rear track width is 53.5 inches outside of tire to outside of tire at ride height.

Maximum wheelbase is 68.5 inches measured at ride height.

Minimum ride height is 6 inches.

Stock spindles must be used.

Front and rear hubs may be of any manufacturer.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Must retain stock shock mounting locations

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

Tie rods are open.

UTR16 BRAKES

Front brakes may be removed. Rear caliper and disc are open. Mounting location optional.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

UTR18 BATTERIES

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Polaris RZR 200cc engine mandatory.

Engines must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Clutch must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

ECU must remain stock.

Intake, exhaust, and fuel programmer allowed.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION

Axle length is open.

UTR27 THROTTLES

UTR28 EXHAUST

Stock OEM exhaust is mandatory.

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

Aftermarket roll cage required. No stock cages.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Driver’s seat must remain in stock location plus or minus two (2) inches.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

Minimum weight is 800 pounds, including driver.

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Roof panel required. Must be minimum of .060 thick metal.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Race numbers required on both sides and rear of vehicle. black numbers on a white background only. Minimum six(6) inch tall numbers.

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Polaris RZR 170 or Polaris ACE 150.

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

DEFINITION

Polaris RZR 170 or Polaris ACE 150. Driver must be at least five (5) years old. Maximum age is twelve (12) years old.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is an open class and all components are open except for those restricted herein.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

SFI-A5 rated fire suit is required. No karting suits.

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Suspension is open.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

UTR16 BRAKES

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

UTR18 BATTERIES

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Polaris RZR 170cc engine or Polaris ACE 150 engine mandatory.

Engines must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

ECU is open.

Intake, exhaust, and fuel programmer allowed.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION

UTR27 THROTTLES

UTR28 EXHAUST

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

Aftermarket roll cage required. No stock cages.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Center seating is allowed.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Roof panel required. Must be minimum of .060 thick metal.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Race numbers required on both sides and rear of vehicle. black numbers on a white background only. Minimum six(6) inch tall numbers.

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Polaris RZR 170 or Polaris ACE 150.

Last Updated Feb. 15, 2024

DEFINITION

Polaris RZR 170 or Polaris ACE 150. Driver must be at least five (5) years old. Maximum age is twelve (12) years old.

GENERAL REGULATIONS

Entrants in this class shall comply with all applicable general regulations.

TECHNICAL REGULATIONS

This class is a stock production class, and all components must remain stock except for those modifications allowed herein. Manufactures body, engine, transmission, chassis, and drive train components must be retained.

NOTE: The UTR abbreviations listed under this class (I.E. UTR1 HELMETS) refer to UTR cross reference listings in the front of this book. These UTR cross-referenced listings are part of the class rules. Where a conflict occurs between the UTR cross-referenced listing and a rule contained under this class, the rule contained under this class takes priority.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR1 HELMETS

UTR2 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

SFI-A5 rated fire suit is required. No karting suits.

UTR3 EYE PROTECTION and DENTURES

UTR4 HEAD AND NECK RESTRAINTS

SUSPENSION COMPONENTS

Stock suspension points must be retained.

A-arms and rear trailing arms are open.

Maximum front and rear track width is 53.5 inches outside of tire to outside of tire at dies height.

Maximum wheelbase is 68.5 inches measured at ride height.

Minimum ride height is 6 inches.

Stock spindles must be used.

Front and rear hubs may be of any manufacturer.

UTR11 SHOCK ABSORBERS and BUMP STOPS

Must retain stock shock mounting locations

UTR12 SECONDARY SUSPENSION

UTR13 WHEELS and TIRES

UTR14 FASTENERS

STEERING and BRAKE COMPONENTS

UTR15 STEERING

Tie rods are open.

UTR16 BRAKES

Front brakes may be removed. Brake caliper and disc are open. Mounting and location are open.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

UTR17 IGNITION

UTR18 BATTERIES

UTR20 STARTERS

FUEL SYSTEM

UTR21 FUEL

UTR22 FUEL TANKS

UTR23 FUEL FILLERS LINES, VENTS, and CAPS

ENGINE, TRANSMISSION and DRIVELINES

UTR24 ENGINE and ENGINE DISPLACEMENT

Polaris RZR 170cc engine or Polaris ACE 150 engine mandatory.

Engines must remain stock as delivered by the manufacturer.

Clutch is open.

ECU must remain stock.

Intake, exhaust, and fuel programmer allowed.

UTR25 ENGINE REPLACEMENT

UTR26 TRANSMISSION

Transmission case may be reinforced.

UTR27 THROTTLES

UTR28 EXHAUST

Open.

UTR29 DRIVE SHAFTS

Rear axle is open. Maximum width must be maintained.

UTR31 FLUID COOLERS

VEHICLE SAFETY EQUIPMENT

UTR34 ROLL CAGES

Aftermarket roll cage required. No stock cages.

UTR35 SAFETY HARNESS

UTR36 SAFETY NETS

UTR37 SEATING

Driver’s seat must remain in stock location plus or minus two (2) inches.

GENERAL VEHICLE COMPONENTS

UTR38 DRIVERS COMPARTMENT

UTR39 DOORS AND LATCHES

UTR40 FIREWALLS

UTR41 BALLAST

UTR42 WEIGHT

Minimum weight is 650 pounds, including driver.

UTR43 FLOORBOARDS

UTR44 BUMPERS and HAZARDOUS PROTRUSIONS

UTR45 MIRRORS

UTR46 SKID PLATES

UTR47 STORAGE

UTR48 CHASSIS and BODY

Roof panel required. Must be minimum of .060 thick metal.

UTR49 HOSES

UTR50 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS

Race numbers required on both sides and rear of vehicle. black numbers on a white background only. Minimum six (6) inch tall numbers.

Unlimited Off-Road Racing will assign race numbers.

UTR51 ADVERTISING on VEHICLES

UTR52 RADIO EQUIPMENT

UTR53 WORKMANSHIP

UTR54 TRACKING DEVICE

Top